Home

DB1 SubApp Program Operating Instructions

Contents

1. Volume Trim 15
2. Volume Trim 15 WDB1 SubApp JO File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby e e 6 dB O amp dB Dim Manual 0 dB Ode O off Trigger 1 O 6 de O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Po
3. 10dB 5dB 25 10 2 2 2 Martin Grange Peter Wilson
4. 22 Low Pass Filter Out In Low Pass Filter Global Settings W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets
5. Room Compensation Room EQ EQ GUI Audio In Room EQ EQ SubApp WDB1 SubApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D connected Bowers amp Wilkins USB SC 01 USB Launch Room Compensation Routine Ro
6. OK W DB1 subApp Ja E File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status room EQ data loaded sa Please wait Room ES configu Starting measurement engine please wait e Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 57 A m 48 1E Het Cabs t NW UDAPP Room Compensation Setup Global Settings Presets Room Compe The microphone measurement kit consists of NEA ent 1x Microphone 1x B amp W SC 01 USB Sound Card Bom 1x Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3
7. 5 10 25 10 Music MG Movies MG Music PW Movies PW AN Ha
8. Impact System EQ Level User EQ 18 7 7 IR DB1 SubApp Communications Help Active Settings Stored Presets Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EQ Flat Impact Preset 2 User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz Freset 3 Freset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp W
9. User EQ HF EQ 5dB 10dB 25 A WIR 10 U Martin Grange Peter Wilson Music MG Movies MG Music PW Movies PW
10. Disconnect Connect SubApp SubApp SubApp Communications Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting
11. Active settings not saved to Preset Impact System EQ EQ Dit FATE Level EF User EQ EQ 18 D Y 061 SubApp JL 1 nx Room Com Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input System EQ Mono Flat O In L P Filter Stereo 9 Impact 2 Out Level Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EL L P Filter Level E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Disconnect
12. SE Volume Trim 15 Low Pass Filter
13. AN He Sensitivity Polarity Gain Gain W 081 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setting Sensitivity Gain Gain Display On Standby 6 6 An
14. SubApp e 5 e S Bowers amp Wilkins e 1 Room Compensation Global Settings 3 15 Presets WDB1 SubApp MX File Global Settings Presets Room Compensation lt Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby 6 6 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB 6 dB O Auto O kid 0 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity gt SS Enabled 1 i 2 Normal 2 Normal 6 6 m Inverted 0 Inverted Low
15. LEE WS gt gr N Ausname IEN RE Sensitivity Polarity Gain RUE 1 0 1 SubApp LES File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 dB O Dim 5 Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity C Enabled able
16. Movies Preset 2 Preset 2 WDB1 SubApp Ja File Communications Help E ESS Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat CO In L PFilter Out D Stereo 9 Impact 2 Out Level Input Level User EQ System EQ Impact i d L P Filter Out 2 o 2 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz level gg Preset 3 TE System EQ Flat L P Filter Out oOo 0 B 0 Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Out Level 2 2 3 0 2 2 Preset 5 Input System EQ Sk F t Dip Les L P Filter Level Cancel EN Active settings not saved to Preset D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins
17. System EQ Low Pass Filter B 0 AN n3 5
18. WDB1 subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 dB SES 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dE 0 de CO off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O ech O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E ea Enabled 12V Preset 2 v Normal Normal Inverted O Inverted Su Preset 1 speaker w Frequency 800 Diamond 802 Diamond 1803 Diamond ER Disconnect 804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 3000 8010 Bowers amp Wilkins Low Pass Filter Speaker Frequency Phase Slope
19. 3 SubADpD e 5 e ATLA FFPUT VaAVAPAT KOYTIATDTTIUANPSHAANSRENELHENA A7 1 92 Bowers amp Wilkins e
20. 081 subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setting Sensitivity itivity Display On Standby 6 dB 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal Normal CO Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User Frequency Slope p 12 dB ns 25 Hz Q 90 24 dE 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins sensitivity 0dB 0dB OdB 1V rms
21. Ak OK W 081 subApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Please wait Room EQ configu Starting measurement engine please wait DM connected Bowers amp Wilkins an 4h Room Compensation Setup Global Settings Presets Room Compe The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1x B amp W SC 01 USB Sound Card Room 1x Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput 4 Connect the other end of th
22. Mono System EQ Low Pass Filter 0dB 5 5 Active settings not saved to Preset
23. Auto 10 W 061 SubApp Cox File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display OnStandby O 6 dB EE O 6 dB Dim Manual ode ch ode O off C O 6 dB MIRE O 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity gt Polarity a hable 2 Normal AE Normal Inverted C Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Slope 12 dB 25 Hz 24 de Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins B B Auto
24. Ha 6 13 M Inverted Normal DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter user Frequency Y 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display O sd Dim 0 dB C off O 6 dB CHE Trigger 2 Polarity E Enabled nable Normal O Inverted Slope 12 dB 24 dB max On
25. 17 Presets ME DB1 SubApp EEE File Communi Global Setting Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat gt Mana Flat O In L P Filter Out O Stereo Impact 2 Level Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ Store P L P Filter Level Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Active Settings 5 Preset 1 1
26. COM SubApp fault Communications Setup SubApp Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dE Sensitivity O 6 de 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase 0 O 90 O 180 O 270 25 Hz Speaker None A Disconnected Setting Display Slope 12 dB 24 dB On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Auto 30 min L Preset 1 DN Preset 2 Bowers amp Wilkins Automatically Select COM port COM COM E 548 IE
27. 2 1 W DB1 subApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input System EQ Flat O In L P Filter O Impact Out Level Preset 2 Input User EQ System EM L P Filter 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P Lp Filter Level Cancel E connected Bowers amp Wilkins 21 System EQ Flat Impact 061 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat Q In Stereo Impact Out User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 5
28. 3 1 Room Compensation 2 Global Settings 3 Presets np subApp MAX File d Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby B 6 O 6 dB 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB n dB Q off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto 0 be 0 lal E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 124 2 Normal 22 Normal 6 Ch Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O 90 24 dB 180 Speaker Ch 270 A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation Global Settings Presets
29. Room Compensation Setup General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected vou will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down S i Bowers amp Wilkins
30. OK na Col M 061 SubApp Room Compensation Setup Global Settings Presets Room Compe Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Room fl location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 8 8 LES OK File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room
31. Bowers amp Wilkins User np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation max Mono Input Setup Sensitivity Gain 6 dB D dB 6 dB 0 Polarity Normal Inverted 0 au 25 Hz 120 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal y 7 3 Inverted Phase Go Q 90 180 O 270 Setting Gain Display Dim Q off 0 b Trigger 2 Enabled Ba 0 Slope 12 dB 9 24 dB On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto Bowers amp Wilkins Slope 12 AC 24 Ab Phase 180 0
32. W DB1 SubApp File Commupicas Er Active Settings Stored Presets Box Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat In Stereo Impact Out Preset 2 Level User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 6 5 5 S Sa 5 Preset 3 0 E och och 043 I E I I 0 ll Preset 4 6 10 10 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Out 0 c EH o EH o EH Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Active Settings TO Preset 1
33. SubApp RS 232 USB RS 232 D RS 232 PC SubApp Global Settings 10 DB1 SubApn og ommunications alofa Connect Setup Mono publ Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display O
34. 2 2 Bowers amp Wilkins not saved 2 26 Noe SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Stored Presets Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat O In Movies i Stereo Impact Out Level User EQ ORE t Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 pla s j 5 Preset 1 sj Preset 2 Preset 3 EZ 0 0 0 Preset 4 D LH Preset 5 Preset 4 mim 10 10 10 2 2 3 Preset 5 Store Preset 4 Active settings not saved to Preset OK 10 0 1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Freset 1 Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mona O Stereo System EL Flat Impact Movies Input Input System EQ L P Filter Level System EQ a 2 L P Filter O Level Input System EQ L P Filter
35. XLR 3 5 77 3 5 MM RCA Phono gt Room Compensation Setu
36. not saved He Preset 2 Store Preset Preset 2 26 1 i I KK Boe ubApp a a File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input Mono Stereo Level 10 System EQ Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz 5 1 j EN S zt Low Pass Filter O In Out 26 Hz 40 5 5 4 Active settings not saved to Preset OK DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz 5 Low Pass Filter O In Out 26 Hz 5 40 Hz Preset name Movies Prezet 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Prezet 4 Preset 5 Preset name Mories 56 Hz 80 Hz 2 Store Preset Cancel Preset 1 Preset 4 Preset 5
37. LFE 1 AN 3 Sensitivity Polarity Gain 2 S N
38. Preset 1 Fix 1 Preset 2 2 Store Preset MRi Cul linn LOI s subAppn n FI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat C In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact 5 Gut Level 0 0000 no Preset 2 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Level User EQ Select preset storage location 20Hz 28Hz 40 o IE omm o EN o EN o EN 6 5 5 5 d 1 a i Press Kel Ok Input Mono 4 j Pres System EQ Flat e A a Preset 4 L P Filter Out E E Preset 5 Level Preset Input System EQ 10 L P FilEer hh ilis i Level 2 2 3 0 2 2 Store Freset D Cancel Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Preset 2 Fix 2 OK 19 JL JL 1 MX E FF Wb Subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Ro
39. 8 OK File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ canfigur T wait Measuring e Connected Bowers amp Wilkins File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configu Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters SS mem em SS SSS SS SS SS un n n E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 8 Bowers amp Wilkins Status Room EQ data loaded EQ ix iB
40. Frequency 6 Bowers amp Wilkins Frequency Range 6 3 0 6 AC u Ha 0 7 17 Presets
41. e AC Bowers amp Wilkins e Room Compensation 1 Room Compensation 2 Global Settings 3 Presets 081 SubApp JOE File Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 zu O 6 de O 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 de Q off Trigger 1 O 6 de 6 de O Auto 0 Ga 0 63 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM O Inverted 0 CO Inverted 0
42. Low Pass Filter Out In np subApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Mono Flat Q In Stereo Impact Out Preset 2 User EQ System EM L P Filter 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P Lp Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 mx Level BF We SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EL Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat In Stereo Impact Out User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Est L PFilter
43. Active settings saved to Preset Impact System EQ AUX a Level User EQ 18 DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EQ Flat Impact Preset 2 User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Freset 3 Freset 4 Preset 5 Store Preset
44. Stereo Woei subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 en O 6 de O 6 dB Dim Manual ode 0 de O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted N Preset 1 Je Frequency 300 Diamond 1802 Diamond 1803 Diamond Discannect Jena Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 Bowers amp Wilkins Speaker Low Pass Filter Frequency Phase Slope 16
45. File Open SubApp Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB E 0 dB O off O 6 dB TE O 6 dB Trigger 1 Auto i Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Preset 2 SIE Enabled 12 Preset2 w 9 Normal S ai ck Preset 1_ O Inverted Inverted E Preset 1 Low Pass Filter Speaker v Frequency Bowers amp Wilkins XML SubApp undo 28 Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp EX te IN Windows 7 Vista XP 3
46. Dim DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity On Standby O 6 dB Si C 6 de Manual D dB 0 dB Trigger 1 O 6 dB XE O 6 dB ll Auto Trigger 2 Polarity gt e Polarity Enabled 2 e fable Normal 5 E Normal O Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Slope J 3 O 12 de 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Off 4 BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation E Mono Input 5etup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset O
47. 2 Movies Preset 2 2 BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact Out Level Input Mono Level User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Out 1 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz TEORIE 3 ae 6 5 5 5 5 5 s me LJ Preset 3 DET p System EQ Flat LJ 0 0 0 LJ zx L P Filter Out H j 5 LJ Level oo oF 0 Preset 4 Input System EL 6 10 10 10 10 10 L P Filter Level 2 2 3 D 2 2 Preset 5 Input System EQ SE P Wes L P Filter Level Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins LS ZE not saved 2 Store Preset 2 26 T T Boe SubApp 15 15 X X File Communications Help
48. Dim DB1 SubApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby or 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB 2 E ai 0 de O off Trigger 1 6 de 2 6 O 6 de gt Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal Si C Inverted Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter mm User ei Frequency sl S 25 Hz Slope 12 dB e 24 dB Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins Off OH Standby 4 np subApp MAX File Communications He
49. SubApp Room EQ In Audio GUI np subApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D connected Bowers amp Wilkins SC 01 USB B USB Ha He Launch Room Compensation Routine Global Settings Presets Room Compe Room Disconnect E Connected M
50. Windows 7 Vista Windows Vista 7 Windows 7 3 Ha ero Volume e
51. 12V 2 Enabled 2 BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity O 6 de JE O 6 de 0 de 9 0 de 6 dB O 6 dB Display Dim Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal E Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter User User M Frequency Slope E O 12 de 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker On Sstandby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12V Preset2 w Uv Preset 1 Bowers amp Wilkins AN Trigger 2 2 12
52. 11 RS 232 12 2 Enabled W DB1 SubApp JOB File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby Bus e 6 O 6 de O 6 de Dim
53. 30 Dim RE ME DEI SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 dB EM O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB le 6 0 de off Trigger 1 O 6 dB ll O 6 de O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity C Enabled x E able Normal 3 z Normal O Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User m Frequency Slope Oo O 12 de 25 Hz 90 2 24 dB 180 Speaker None Q 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Off 4 WDB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display Be 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual ode 0 dB O ott Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a d able Normal s
54. M DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters D connected Bowers amp Wilkins 8 Bowers amp Wilkins Status Ha Room EQ data loaded Room EQ 30
55. 3 16 AX NN gt Dm Bowers amp Wilkins Low Pass Filter User 3 np subApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 6 ER 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB Q off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB C Auta O L J Lj E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ES Enabled 12v 2 Normal 2 Normal Inverted 0 Inverted 0 IN Phase Slope 80 50 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz en 24 dB 180 Speaker O 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Slope 12QB 24dB Phase 18
56. W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Box Global Settings Presets Room Compensation S Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configu EA Please wait Starting measurement engine please wait Bowers amp Wilkins Bac Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1 B amp W SC 01 USB Sound Card 1x Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Room Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput gt 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the DB1 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins
57. J 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Slope 12 dE 24 dE Setting Display Dim Q off Trigger 2 Enabled max On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto Bowers amp Wilkins Se usar as mesmas colunas principais e amplificadores para Mono e Est reo a polaridade de ambos deve ser a mesma Use as teclas realcadas acima 14 Ajustes Globais Configurac o de Entradas Ganho np SubApp EEE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity e 2 Enabled 12V Normal Normal Inverted Inverted UN Low Pass Filter User I Frequency Phase Slope Us 80 Oo O 1208 25 Hz 120 Hz O 90 24 dB O 180 Speaker None Q 270 Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Se a fonte que alimenta a entrada em uso um processador surround deixe simplesmente o controlo Gain Ganho dessa entrada normalmente mono do subwoofer no nivel por automatico de 0dB uma vez que o processador possui os seus pr prios controlos de n vel Consulte o manual de utilizador do processador sobre
58. A Enabled 12 2 Normal Inverted O Inverted Uv Low Pass Filter User w Frequency Slope 12 dB 24 dB Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins E possibile modificare l impostazione cosi da spegnere completamente il display selezionando Off Spento Non appena si aziona uno dei pulsanti sul frontale del subwoofer il display si illumina al massimo e rimane acceso per tutto il tempo del loro utilizzo Regolazioni Generali Accensione Standby Vi sono 4 diversi modi per accendere o mettere in standby il subwoofer WDB1 SubApp ole File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display B a 6 de 6 de Dim Manual ode 5 Ode O off C Trigger 1 O 6 de Q 6 dB 21 C Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12V gt Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted IN Low Pass Filter I I User SM Frequency Slope Ls 12 dB 25 Hz 2 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Tramite il tasto di accensione sul pannello frontale del subwoofer che rimane sempre attivo Per accenderlo attraverso i comandi di una centralina domotica collegata alla porta RS 232 selezionare Manual Per sincronizzare l accensione del subwoofer con quella di alt
59. THX 9 109dB spl LED 1 6dB 13 Al x c 44 SL SS 3 c gt Polarity Inverted Normal DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display Un Standby 6 dB 1 IE O 6 d Dim Manual 0 dB ode 2 BS O off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB ZEE O 6 dB SIE O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity ll Polarity Enabled nable Normal 5 z Normal O Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter Dese Frequency Mu 2
60. Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat O In Movies i Stereo Impact Out Level User EQ eo eri Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 Ss j 5 Preset 1 sj Preset 2 Preset 3 ke 0 0 0 Preset 4 D LH Preset 5 AB 10 10 10 2 2 3 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Cancel OK MW 061 subApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name C In Out Input O Stereo System EL Flat Impact Movies User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz a 5 40 Hz 56 Hz Ged 0 Store Preset Cancel 2 2 27 Store Preset Stored Presets Preset 1 nn E Freset 4 Preset Stored Presets Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Input System EQ L P Filter Level System EQ a 2 L P Filter O Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input
61. ME Det SubApp Ja File Commupisetien st Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact 5 Out Level 0 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Level T Ssi E 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ Store P Store Preset AP Level Cancel D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Active Settings Preset 1 1 System EQ EQ Flat FE Low Pass Filter OdB ni Ji
62. Manual Trigger 1 gt Auto Trigger 2 Enabled Bowers amp Wilkins You can change this so that the display goes off altogether by selecting the Off radio button AS soon as you press any of the buttons on the subwoofer s front panel the display becomes fully bright and it is always bright when using the display and buttons in setup mode Global Settings On Standby There are 4 alternative ways of switching the subwoofer between the on and standby states Box BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Display Sensitivity Digital Offset 6 gem Dim 2 Manual roe GE O 6 de O 6 da ode O off C Trigger 1 O 6 dB call Se C Auto 0 de 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal Normal O Inverted Inverted Law Fass Filter User sl Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Ho e 24 dB Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins The on standby button on the subwoofer s front panel will always work To use a home automation system connected to the RS 232 port select Manual When synchronising the subwoofer with another audio component using a 12V trigger select Trigger 1 and connect the 12V trigger output of the control component to the TRIG 1 input of the subwoofer using a cable
63. Frequency 12 dB 90 24 dB 180 Speakej 270 None 800 Diamond 802 Diamond 803 Diamond PAN Disconnectl Jena Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 5000 601D Se possedete dei diffusori Bowers amp Wilkins le regolazioni ottimali del filtro passa basso sono memorizzate nel programma e possono essere richiamate modello per modello II primo passo consiste nel selezionare la voce Speaker Diffusori dal menu a tendina evidenziato nella parte alta della sezione Low Pass Filter Filtro Passa Basso Quindi ricercare il modello posseduto nel menu a tendina a fianco della scritta Speaker tre parametri del filtro Frequency Frequenza Phase Fase e Slope Pendenza vengono disattivati in quanto vengono utilizzate le regolazioni predefinite 16 Regolazioni Generali Filtro Passa basso Se i vostri diffusori non compaiono nell elenco o se di altra marca selezionare la voce User Definito dall Utilizzatore nel menu a tendina nella parte alta della sezione relativa al filtro passa basso e regolare manualmente i tre parametri sottostanti En SubApp EEE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby B B t 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB Ode O off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto O 0 1 J Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity En
64. In CORTE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter reset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level Preset 2 Input User EQ System EM L P Filter 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz act Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Freset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset L P Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 Level W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset na
65. Manual Trigger 1 Auto Bowers amp Wilkins Om du anv nder samma huvudh gtalare och f rst rkare f r b de Mono och Stereo m ste b de polaritetsv rdena vara desamma Anv nd knapparna som r markerade ovan 14 vergripande inst llningar Konfigurera ing ngar F rst rkning WDB1 SubApp TES File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB E 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity 3a nable Normal Normal Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Om signalk llan som l mnar utsignalen r en hemmabioprocessor l ter du helt enkelt den relevanta inst llningen vanligtvis mono f r Gain F rst rkning p subbasen vara standardv rdet OdB eftersom processorn har egna niv kontroller L s mer i processorns bruksanvisning om hur du anger niv er med hj lp av testsignaler Om signalk llan r en stereof rst rkare m ste du st lla in f rst rkningen av insignalen oftast stereo genom att lyssna dig fram Lyssna p m nga olika ljud och musikstycken och v lj den inst llning som verkar korrekt Det r sv rt att rekommendera en rent teoretiskt korrek
66. 23 Nivel Preselecciones DB1 SubApp Communications Help Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name C In Out Input Mona O Stereo System EL Flat O Impact User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Cuando arrastre controles deslizantes con el rat n el cambio en el valor se mostrar inmediatamente en la caja que figura Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Con el control Level Nivel usted puede ajustar al milimetro y de forma diferente para cada aplicacion el balance entre el subwoofer y las cajas acusticas principales de su equipo Arrastre la barra deslizante con el raton o haga clic en el control y desplace el potenci metro deslizante con las teclas en forma de flecha JOE Mono Flat Out 0 Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut justo debajo del potenci metro deslizante pero no se transmitir al subwoofer hasta que libere el bot n del rat n 24 Ecualizacion de Usuario User EQ Aunque hemos sugerido algunas ecualizaciones con las opciones pre programadas ofrecidas por System EQ Ecualizaci n del Sistema usted puede imponer sus propias pr
67. AN Bij het verplaatsen met de muis verschijnt de ingestelde waarde direct in het kader onderaan de schuif maar wordt pas overgedragen naar de subwoofer als u de schuif loslaat 24 Voorkeurposities Gebruikers EQ Hoewel we enige suggesties hebben gedaan voor equalizer instellingen via het voorgeprogrammeerde System EQ kunt u uw eigen voorkeuren instellen met Flat recht of Impact als uitgansgpunt De gebruikers EQ is een 5 bands grafische equalizer die u een grote vrijheid tot instellen biedt BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EL Flat Impact Mono O Stereo Low Pass Filter Preset name In 40 Hz 56 Hz 60 Hz e ore Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut 0 Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Sleep de schuiven met de muis of klik op elke instelling en beweeg de schuif met de pijltoetsen Bij het verplaatsen met de muis verschijnt de ingestelde waarde direct in het kader onderaan de schuif maar wordt pas overgedragen naar de subwoofer als u de schui
68. Auto mex 12V Preset 2 EN m IN Preset 1 Bowers amp Wilkins Quando si apre un file XML precedentemente salvato con il subwoofer connesso le regolazioni contenute nel file vengono AN immediatamente trasferite al subwoofer Prima di aprire il file quindi siate certi di voler effettivamente ricaricare le regolazioni salvate in Sostituzione di quelle correnti Si consideri che il programma SubApp non prevede la funzione Annulla 28 Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp Program Aanwijzingen Inleiding Dit programma draait onder Windows 7 Vista en XP besturingssystemen De balken links onder de tekst geven de grootte van elke sectie of sub sectie aan max drie niveaus in verschillende kleuren en een pijl geeft aan dat de sectie op de volgende pagina verder gaat Voordat u het programma kunt gebruiken is het verstandig de bij het product gevoegde handleiding geheel te lezen Hierin worden de eigenschappen van de subwoofer beschreven plus de setup via in beeld menu s en de bedieningsorganen op het frontpaneel Los van de Trim functie is het SubApp programma een duplicaat van alle setup mogelijkheden zij het in een gemakkelijker te lezen en uit te voeren vorm Bovendien kunt u met het programma e Een naam toevoegen aan elke of alle 5 presets voor gemakkelijke identificatie e Voor stereo toepassingen kiest u uit een afrolmenu een speciaal voorgeprogrammeerd laagdoorlaat filter voor som
69. Cancel mex Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Disconnect Preset 1 Active Settings Preset 2 Store Preset ned Suki A KELE I P RE REA UU File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat O In Q Stereo Impact Gei QUE Preset 2 Level User EQ fara rn SS i Select preset storage location 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 5 5 5 Il xg cl 5 A IH Preset2 Pres LI a Preset 4 o cli S Preset 5 Preset 4
70. File Communications Help Ea ma EI Global Settings Presets Room Compensation K Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter ji ge Preset 1 Input System EQ Mono Flat O In L P Filter O Stereo gt Impact Out Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out Level User EQ 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz 6 5 ae E 5 Preset 3 at Cc e e Som System EQ Flat L P Filter Out UD O B 0 Level Preset 4 Input System EL L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P sini Level 7 connected Bowers amp Wilkins De naam is nog niet opgeslagen een dus verschijn de waarschuwing not saved niet opgeslagen Sla de nieuwe naam op Preset 2 op door eerst op Store Preset preset opslaan te drukken Daar Preset 2 is geladen blijft deze gemarkeerd in het afrolmenu 26 Voorkeurposities Preset Benoemen File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mana Flat O In Movies L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Loyer Input Mono B Level User EQ A O mm System EQ Impact Select preset storage locatio L P Filter
71. Music PW Movies PW 4 Music MG Movies MG 2 Movies Preset 2 2 2 BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Input Mono Stereo Level Active Settings System EQ Help Flat Impact User EQ 5 20 Hz 5 Low Pass Filter OO In Out 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 8 8 5 o o LI 10 10 2 2 Store Preset Stored Presets Box Mono Flat uk I Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out ll Level 2 n SE Klum System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EL L P Filter Level Store Preset
72. Antes de usar este programa leia o manual de utilizador principal fornecido com o produto Este artigo descreve as caracter sticas do subwoofer e como configur lo usando o menu e as teclas do painel frontal Para al m da fun o de ajuste de volume o programa SubApp duplica todas as capacidades de configura o mas num formato de mais f cil leitura e utiliza o Para al m disso o programa permite lhe e Adicionar um nome a qualquer uma ou a totalidade das 5 mem rias de pr selec o para facilitar a identifica o e Para aplicac es est reo seleccione um filtro passa baixo pr desenhado de uma lista do menu para alguns modelos Bowers amp Wilkins e Leve a cabo o procedimento de Compensa o de Salas Todas as alterac es feitas s configurac es s o automaticamente enviadas ao subwoofer e tornam se aud veis O procedimento de configura o dividido em tr s partes e deve ser realizado na seguinte ordem 1 Compensa o ac stica de sala Room Compensation 2 Ajustes globais Global Settings 3 Pr selec es Presets Pode aceder a cada uma das partes seleccionando a etiqueta adequada 1 081 SubApp OB File Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 SE S 6 dB 6 de Dim 2 Manual ode O de O off Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB O Auto LJ LJ E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity T Enabled 12V Norm
73. Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter 25 Hz Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins O RS 232 Manual 12V Trigger 1 1 3 5 12V TRIG 1 Auto 10 AU i Y SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency 25 Hz Speaker Mone Auto Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dE 6 dB Polarity Normal
74. Normal 2 Normal O Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker DM connected Bowers amp Wilkins Sensitivity ZELE o ET POV 0dB 2 0V 6dB 0dB 0dB 1V rms 1 THXO 109dB spl A LED _ 6dB i gt mi E Polarity Inverted EN Normal DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sen
75. 5 DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name 2 Mona Flat Stereo Impact 60 Hz D ore Preset Cancel Ges IB Conus Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Mona Flat Out Mono Flat Out Bowers amp Wilkins User EQ
76. Input System EQ L P Filter Level Ja Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Arraste os controlos deslizantes com o rato ou faca clic sobre cada controlo e desloque o com as teclas de setas Quando arrastar controlos deslizantes com o rato a altera o dos valores imediatamente apresentada na caixa ao fundo do controlo deslizante mas a informa o n o transmitida ao subwoofer at que solte a tecla do rato Se n o estiver a usar o procedimento de Compensa o de Salas a fun o User EQ Igualizac o de Utilizador pode ajudar a domesticar alguns dos modos de resson ncia da sala A propriedade mais aborrecida na ac stica de salas a presen a de um refor o de determinadas frequ ncias o que pode ser compensado com a redu o do n vel dessas frequ ncias sa da do subwoofer N o uma boa ideia tentar incrementar as anula es nos modos de resson ncia da sala Estas s o provocadas por cancelamentos e independentemente da pot ncia colocada na sala o n vel escutado pouco varia Por isso e para evitar a sobrecarga do sistema existe apenas a possibilidade de aumentar o ganho em 5dB comparada com uma atenua o de 10dB 25 Pr selec es Nome de Pr selec o Pode adicionar um nome a qualquer memoria de pr selec o para facilitar o seu reconhecimento O nome pode apresentar at 10 caracteres incluindo espa os e descrever a aplic
77. Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Saving settings on a computer All the settings in SubApp may be saved to your computer as an XML file and we recommend that this be done as a backup Navigate File gt Save or Save As to save your settings and File gt Open to retrieve them into SubApp Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby oct O 6 dB SE 5 Dim Manual 0 dB vr 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 de NIE 6 de M E Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity 9 Normal E Normal O Inverted O Inverted Uv Preset 1 v Low Pass Filter Speaker w Frequency Phase 30 180 Speaker None 270 E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins If you open a previously saved XML file while the subwoofer is connected the settings of the file will be loaded immediately into the subwoofer so be sure you want this to happen before opening a file Note that there is no undo feature in SubApp 28 Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp Programme Mode d Emploi Introduction Ce programme fonctionne avec les systemes d exploitation suivants Windows 7 Vista et XP Les barres sur le c t gauche du texte indiquent l tendue de chaque section ou sous s
78. Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input i System EQ Mono Flat In L P Filter Stereo Impact Out Level Preset 2 Input User EQ System EM L P Filter 2nHz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz SEH Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P ee L P Filter Level Cancel 23 Level DB1 SubApp JoJE3 Communications Help Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat In L P Filter Gut Stereo CO Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input Mon
79. Inverted 11 max Setting Display On Standby Dim C3 Manual Q off Trigger 2 Enabled Bowers amp Wilkins i 3 RS 232 TRIG 2 12V Enabled EH DB1 SubApp File Communications Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal CO Inverted Low Pass Filter user Mm Frequency 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal CO Inverted Slope 12 dB 9 24 dB Setting Display Dim Enabled On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12V Preset 2 se 1 IM Bowers amp Wilkins A Trigger 2 12
80. Launch Room Compensation Routine D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Inserire la scheda audio SC 01 fornita col subwoofer in una presa USB libera del vostro computer in mancanza della quale la procedura non pu essere avviata e quindi premere il tasto Launch Room Compensation Routine Avvio Procedura di Correzione Ambientale Correzione Ambientale Global Settings Presets Room Compe Room Disconnect E Connected Compare ora una finestra che descrive come la procedura rilevi e corregga le risonanze causate dalle caratteristiche dell ambiente in relazione alla posizione del subwoofer attraverso 8 misurazioni condotte in altrettanti punti della zona d ascolto principale rappresentata in genere da divani poltrone etc Pi circoscritta l area pi uniforme potr risultare la risposta in frequenza del sub ma esiste il pericolo che l effetto delle correzioni peggiori la situazione al di fuori della zona definita Effettuando le misure entro un area pi vasta ci si assicura che solo i problemi comuni a tutte le posizioni vengano corretti e di conseguenza si ottenga un risultato finale pi omogeneo II calcolo delle correzioni da apportare completamente automatico e non richiede alcun intervento da parte dell utilizzatore Premere OK per continuare Room Compensation Setup General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the d
81. Level Bowers amp Wilkins Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Spara inst llningar p datorn Alla inst llningar i SubApp programmet kan lagras som en XML fil och vi rekommenderar att du g r detta som en s kerhetskopiering V lj File Arkiv och sedan Save Spara eller Save As Spara som f r att spara inst llningarna och File Arkiv och Open ppna f r att l sa in dem i SubApp Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display ech tz amp de Dim 0 dB A 0 dB O off C 6 dB 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Sch kt Enabled Normal 5 E Normal O Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter Speaker v Frequency Speaker None On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v Preset 2 EN IN Preset 1 EN Bowers amp Wilkins N Om du ppnar en sparad XML fil n r subbasen r ansluten laddas filens inst llningar in direkt i subbasen s var s ker p att det r detta du vill g ra om du ppnar filen Observera att SubApp programmet inte har n gon ngra funktion 28 Bowers amp Wilkins Mporpamma DB1 SubApp no
82. Low Pass Filter User se Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 E Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins C SubApp RS 232 US
83. Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine Bowers amp Wilkins SC 01 USB USB AAT Launch Room Compensation Routine ol most Sut EI 7 i Room Compensation Setu 4h Global Settings Presets Room Compe n General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions Room The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected you will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Disconneck E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins
84. 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O so 24 dB O 180 Speaker None Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Slope HX 12dB 24dB Phase 180 0 Frequency 6dB Bowers 8 Wilkins Frequency Range 6dB f 3dB 0 6 0 7 17 Tix Presets
85. 6 10 10 10 2 2 3 D Preset 5 q Store Preset D 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Cancel Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 o EH c EH o DE o EH o EH Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level o EN omm o EN o EH o IE Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 Bowers amp Wilkins CO Preset 2 19 np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat O In Stereo Impact Out User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz B Hz 5 Au 0 Store Preset Cancel Tenepb BCe Preset 2 Stored Presets Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Preset 4 Preset 5 Level System EQ Impact L P Filter Out E 230 System EQ Flat L P Filte
86. Enabled 12 DN Polarity Polarity gt Normal 2 Normal CO Inverted Inverted Law Fass Filter I User SM Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Le bouton marche veille sur la face avant du caisson de graves fonctionne dans tous les cas Si vous utilisez un systeme domotique reli au port RS 232 choisissez Manual Manuel Si vous souhaitez mettre en marche le caisson de graves en m me temps qu un autre l ment audio en utilisant le trigger 12V s lectionnez Trigger 1 et connectez la sortie trigger 12V de l l ment audio l entr e TRIG 1 du caisson de basses l aide d un c ble dot de prises mini jack 3 5 mm chaque extr mit Pour que le caisson de basses se mette en marche d s qu un signal audio est d tect l une de ses entr es et pour qu il repasse automatiquement en veille apr s un d lai fix quand il n y a plus de signal choisissez Auto 10 FA eneraux Parametres G Marche Veille Global Settings DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity 2 Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Presets Room Compensation 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dE 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted
87. Filtro Paso Bajo Si sus cajas ac sticas no aparecen en la lista o no son de Bowers amp Wilkins seleccione User Usuario en la zona superior de la lista desplegable y ajuste los tres par metros manualmente Wi DB1 subApp LODE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby amp t 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB Ode O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto 0 Lad 0 63 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ep Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal 6 6 Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Phase Slope 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz so e 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ajuste Slope Pendiente de Corte en 12 dB si sus cajas ac sticas trabajan en suspensi n acustica recinto herm tico y en 24 dB si son de tipo bass reflex Para empezar ajuste Phase Fase en 180 si sus cajas ac sticas principales son de recinto herm tico y en 0 si son bass reflex Los valores de la fase son afectados por la posici n relativa de las cajas acusticas entre si por lo que es posible que necesiten ser ajustados de nuevo durante la puesta a punto final Ajuste Frequency Frecuencia en el valor del punto de corte inferior a 6 dB de sus cajas acusticas principales Si se trata de un modelo de Bowers amp Wilkins esta frecuencia es la m s baj
88. Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Gut O Stereo Impact Out 7 u Level 0 Input System EL Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset I Input Mono r n Preset z Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Ms L P Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 Voorkeurposities Niveau Met de Level niveau instelling kunt u de balans tussen de subwoofer en de hoofd luidsprekers voor verschillende toepassingen verschillend fiinregelen Sleep de schuifregelaar met de muis of klik op de besturing en verschuif de schuif met de pijltoetsen DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input System EQ Mono Flat In L P Filter Stereo Impact Out Level Preset 2 Input User EQ System EM L P Filter 20Hz 28 2 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz ac Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P L P Filter Level Cancel E connected Bowers amp Wilkins
89. Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut 0 Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation User EQ
90. Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level L P Filter Out Level 2 Mono System EQ Impact 2 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ ni LP Filter O Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins caisson de basses juste en dessous du num ro de pr s lection et lorsque Preset 2 est actif 21 Sauvegarde des parametres sur l ordinateur Tous les param tres dans SubApp peuvent tre enregistr s dans votre ordinateur comme un fichier XML et nous recommandons de le faire comme pour une sauvegarde Allez dans le menu File gt Save Fichier gt Enregistrer ou Save As Enregistrer Sous pour enregistrer tous vos parametres et File gt Open Fichier gt Ouvrir afin de les r cup rer dans SubApp Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de E Dim Manual 0 de I E 0 dB Bs O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB 6 dB cl is Auto 3 Trigger 2 Polarity E Polarity E Enabled 12V Preset 2 Normal 2 Normal Inverted CO Inverted UN Preset 1 EN Low Pass Filter Speaker v Frequency Speaker Non
91. Leta sedan i listan och se om dina h gtalare finns med Om de finns i listan v ljer du helt enkelt r tt modell De tre parametrarna Frequency Frekvens Phase Fas och Slope Branthet anges 16 vergripande inst llningar Lagpassfilter Om dina h gtalare inte finns med i listan eller inte kommer fr n Bowers amp Wilkins v ljer du User Manuell i den versta listan och anger sedan de tre parametrarna f r hand np subapp MX File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby B B t 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto O kel LJ E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12v 2 Normal 2 Normal m B Ba I M Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Phase Slope 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz so e 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ange Slope Branthet till 12 dB om dina h gtalare r slutna konstruktioner och 24 dB om de r basreflexkonstruktioner Ange f rst Phase Fas till 180 om dina h gtalare r slutna konstruktioner och 0 om de r basreflexkonstruktioner Fasv rdet p verkas av var n gonstans h gtalarna r placerade i f rh llande till varandra och kan beh va ndras l ngre fram n r du finjusterar Ange Frequency Frekvens till huvudh gtalarnas 6 dB
92. Lorsque vous faites glisser les curseurs avec la souris la variation de valeur est imm diatement affich e dans la bo te sous le r glage correspondant mais n est transmis au caisson de basses que lorsque vous rel chez le bouton de la souris Si vous n utilisez pas la proc dure Room Compensation User EQ Egalisation Utilisateur peut vous aider traiter quelques modes de pi ce Le principal probl me sur le plan acoustique dans une pi ce est le son de tonneau qui se produit certaines fr quences maxima de pression Vous pouvez ainsi r duire le niveau acoustique du caisson de basses ces fr quences l en utilisant les r glages de l galisateur A l inverse ce n est forcement pas une bonne id e de vouloir renforcer les noeuds z ros de pression des modes de pi ce Ils existent cause des dimensions g om triques de la pi ce d coute et quel que soit le niveau de sortie on constatera peu de changement sur le plan acoustique ces fr quences particuli res C est pour cette raison et pour viter toute surcharge du systeme qu il y a seulement 5 dB de gain disponible par rapport aux 10dB de r duction possible 25 Pr r glages Nom des Prereglages Vous pouvez choisir un nom pour chaque pr r glage pour le rendre plus facilement reconnaissable Ce nom peut avoir jusqu 10 caract res incluant les espaces et peut d crire l application l auditeur ou une combinaison des deux Par exemple s il y a
93. Pr selec es Procedimento Geral DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Low Pass Filter Preset name Cn Out Input Mono Q Stereo System EQ Flat Impact Preset 2 User EQ 0 Hz 5 5 26 Hz 40 Hz 36 Hz 80 Hz Preset 3 Gad Preset 4 2 Store Preset Freset 5 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Input System ED L P Filter Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input System El L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Se premir a tecla Disconnect Desligar nesta altura os novos ajustes ser o descartados Uma vez que a ltima mem ria acedida foi Preset 1 indicado pela tecla premida os seus valores seriam escritos nos Ajustes Activos Digamos que pretende os novos ajustes em Preset 2 Pressione a tecla Store Preset Guardar pr selec o nea LICH File Communications ubApp Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat O In Stereo Impact out Preset 2 Level User EQ Select preset storage location 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 6
94. System EQ L P Filter Level Store Preset Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins Links ziet u de Active Settings actieve instellingen Dit zijn de waarden die nu actief zijn en bepalen wat u hoort De grote toetsen rechts zijn een samenvatting van de instellingen van elk van de vijf presets voorkeurposities Preset 1 voorkeurpositie 1 is ingedrukt wat aangeeft dat deze het laatst werd gebruikt hetzij om te laden of om op te slaan In bovenstaande illustratie staan alle instellingen in de standaard waarde De Mono ingang is gekozen De voorgeprogrammeerde System EQ systeem EQ is vlak Het Low Pass Filter laagdoorlaat filter is uitgeschakeld Er is geen naam gegeven aan deze preset Alle niveaus staan op 0 dB Het is belangrijk te begrijpen dat de Active Settings actieve instellingen niet overeen hoeven te komen met een van de AN presets Alle wijzigingen die worden aangebracht in de Active Settings zijn direct hoorbaar maar tenzij ze worden opgeslagen op een van de vijf presets gaan ze ook weer verloren Zo kunt u nieuwe instellingen proberen zonder een preset te moeten overschrijven die eerder is geconfigureerd Wanneer u wijzigingen heeft aangebracht na de laatste keer dat u een preset heeft geladen of opgeslagen verschijnt de volgende waarschuwing Active settings not saved to Preset actieve instelling niet opgeslagen op een preset Bij gebruik van het menu via het frontpaneel van de subwoofer volgt deze waar
95. 0 dB 0 dB C off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12V Preset 2 e Normal Normal Inverted O Inverted V Preset 1 mei Frequency 800 Diamond 802 Diamond 803 Diamond Disconnect 1804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 Se as suas colunas principais s o um modelo Bowers amp Wilkins seleccione em primeiro lugar Speaker Coluna da lista superior na sec o Low Pass Filter Filtro Passa Baixo Em seguida procure na lista inferior para verificar se as suas colunas l se encontram Se for o caso seleccione simplesmente o modelo correcto Os tr s par metros Frequency frequ ncia Phase Fase e Slope Pendente ser o desactivados 16 Ajustes Globais Filtro Passa Baixo Se as suas colunas n o aparecem na lista ou n o s o de um modelo Bowers amp Wilkins seleccione User Utilizador na lista e efectue o ajuste manual dos par metros subApp Max File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de idi 6 dB Dim Manual D dB Ode O off O Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Gao Fable Normal Normal CO Inverted Inverted Speaker E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ajuste Slope p
96. 5 5 us Wild Ba al Preset Pres it 1 L Preset 4 o pl Preset 5 Preset 4 a Fc Tess us es Fern 2 2 3 D Preset 5 q Store Preset 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Sobressai uma janela com uma lista de pr selec es Realce Preset 2 Pr 19 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level a a a a a Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 0 0 0 a a Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins selecc o 2 e pressione a tecla OK Pr selec es Procedimento Geral 30 081 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat On L P Filter Out Stereo 2 Impact Qut Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Out 20Hz 26Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Gut Level Preset 5 Input System El Store P LP Filter Level Cancel Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Agora todos os ajustes foram transferidos para Preset 2 A tecla de opc o respectiva apresenta a indicac o de premida para in
97. AN Koppla inte in en obalanserad signal till subbasens balanserade ing ngar eller vice versa F r varje ing ng finns det tre parametrar att ta h nsyn till K nslighet Sensitivity Polaritet Polarity F rst rkning Gain De tv f rsta m ste du alltid t nka p men den tredje beror p signalk llan K nslighet Maximera signal brus f rh llandet genom att f rst justera den analoga k nsligheten p ing ngarna som du kommer att anv nda s att de matchar den nominella utniv n fr n den ansluta signalk llan np SubApp Jog File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation gut Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Gain Display Un Standby 5 6 O 6 dB O 6 de 9 Dim Manual 0 dB 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto 0 D Aal Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E 2 Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal 6 DM Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User M Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB O 180 Speaker 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Signalk llans utniv kan du ta reda p genom att l sa specifikationerna i dess bruksanvisning Anv nd knapparna Sensitivity K nslighet som r markerade ovan och v lj l mplig ing ngsk nslighet fr n tabellen K llans utniv Subbasens ing ngsk nslighet 0 5 volt eller l gre 1 0 volt 2 0 volt eller h gre F r de fl
98. Ajustes Globais np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name H Es t 1 Input Mona o System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In i L P Filter Out Stereo Impact out um E Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P SE L P Filter Level Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 Pr selec es N vel Com este controlo Level n vel pode efectuar o ajuste fino de equil brio entre o subwoofer e as suas colunas principais para diferentes aplica es Arraste o controlo deslizante com o rato ou fa a clic sobre o controlo e desloque o com as teclas de setas 0B1 subApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input e Mana Q Stereo System EQ Flat C Impact User EQ 0 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 26 Hz 80 Hz 5 Store Preset Cancel 24 Stored Presets BET Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Syste
99. Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby 5 6 si O 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 de O 6 dB O Auto D 0 ba Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity e Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal DM Inverted 0 C2 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O 30 24 dB 180 Speaker Cou amp Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation is optional and requires the use of the microphone sound card and cables supplied with the subwoofer Global Settings are applicable to all applications Presets allow you to specify different settings for different applications music movies or games for example or to have different settings for different users Any changes made using the SubApp program are also shown when you subsequently access the subwoofer s front panel setup menu Start up Position the subwoofer in the room as required Make all the connections to the other audio components but do not connect to any home automation system that uses the RS 232 port Connect a USB port of the computer to the RS 232 input of the subwoofer using the cable supplied Alternatively if your computer has a D socket serial output you can connect this directly to the subwoofer s RS 232 port using a 3rd party cable Connect the subwoofer to mains power Start the SubApp program on the PC It will open on the Global Setti
100. Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Compensation de Piece Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Pendant la mesure la fen tre de mesure va s ouvrir et vous entendrez un signal sonore de type sinusoidal DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters DM connected Bowers amp Wilkins Une fois que les 8 mesures valides ont t prises le programme va calculer le filtre de correction optimal Compensation de Piece File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Bowers amp Wilkins Quand tout le processus sera termine le message dans la fen tre Status Etat indiquera Room EQ Data Loaded Donn es de piece charg es ce qui signifie que les corrections de pi ce n cessaires ont t appliqu es au caisson de graves Parametres Generaux Affichage De nombreux utilisateurs trouvent qu un cran lumineux est g nant pendant que l on regarde un film notamment dans une salle sombre Pour cette raison l affichage avant du caisson de graves s attenue automatiquement environ 30 secondes apr s que vous ayez cess d utiliser les boutons en face avant comme le
101. Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input L P Filter Level Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Agora o aviso desapareceu o nome apresentado em Preset 2 e tamb m o ser no visor do painel frontal do subwoofer mesmo abaixo do n mero de pr selec o sempre esta posi o de mem ria esteja activa 21 Guarda de valores num computador Todos os ajustes do programa SubApp podem ser guardados no seu computador como um arquivo XML e recomendamos que isso seja feito como c pia de seguranca Seleccione File Arquivo e em seguida Save Guardar ou Save As Guardar Como para guardar as suas opc es e File Arquivo e depois Open Abrir para voltar a inserir os valores no programa SubApp Help is m Compensation Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby certa ll O 6 de i i Dim Manual 0 de al E 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB AI O 6 dB LA Bs Auto 3 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity i i Enabled 12v Preset 3 vl Normal A 2 Normal Inverted CO Inverted UN Preset 1 Low Pass Filter Speaker Frequency 120 Hz Speaker None D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Se ab
102. Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Out Mona Flat Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Le propriet di ciascun tipo di ingresso sono configurabili nella scheda Global Settings Regolazioni Generali come descritto nella specifica sezione di queste istruzioni 21 Equalizzazione del sistema Per l equalizzazione del sistema System EQ esistono due possibili scelte Flat Risposta Piatta ed Impact Impatto Wobei SubApp 42593 File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Preselezioni Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mona System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact 9 Qut Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Se L P Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins La posizione Flat Risposta Piatta si commenta da sola ed probabilmente la scelta migliore per l ascolto della musica in quanto teoricamente piu corretta Nella visione dei film al contrario pu essere preferibile avere una maggior enfati
103. Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input User EQ 20Hz 28Hz 5 Bi 40 Hz 56 Hz 60 Hz 4 Preset 3 Preset 4 2 Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel 2 2 2 L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins et SubApp XML File Save Save As SubADD File Open Help Stereo Input Setup Setting Gain Sensitivity Gain Di
104. Lorsque vous faites glisser le curseur avec la souris la valeur est immediatement affich e dans la case juste sous le r glage AN mais n est transmise au caisson de basse que lorsque vous rel chez le bouton de la souris 24 Pr r glages Egalisation Utilisateur Bien que nous vous ayons sugg r quelques galisations avec les deux jeux de r glages programmes au niveau du systeme d galisation vous pouvez imposer vos propres pr f rences en utilisant soit Flat Plat soit Impact comme base L Egalisation Utilisateur User EQ est un galiseur graphique 5 bandes qui vous procure une grande souplesse pour obtenir votre son pr f r np subApp JI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono 2 Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact nr Level 0 ooo 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Level 56 Hz 60 Hz 3 Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level y ore Preset Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Faites glisser les curseurs avec la souris ou cliquer sur chacun des contr les ou d placez le curseur avec les touches fl ch es
105. Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v UN Bowers amp Wilkins Wanneer u dezelfde versterker en luidsprekers gebruikt voor Mono en Stereo dienen beide ingangs polariteiten op dezelfde instelling te staan Gebruik de hierboven aangegeven radio toetsen 14 Globale Instellingen Configuring Inputs Versterking ME DB1 SubApp TES File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de O 6 dB Dim Manual D dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity i nable gt Normal 2 Normal Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Wanneer de bron die de relevante ingang stuurt een surround processor is laat dan de relevante Gain versterking van de ingang meestal mono van de subwoofer op het standaard niveau van 0 dB omdat de processor zijn eigen instellingen heeft Raadpleeg zonodig de handleiding van de processor om te zien hoe u de niveaus instelt met behulp van de ingebouwde ruisgenerator Wanneer de bron een stereoversterker is dient u ingangsgevoeligheid meestal stereo op het gehoor in te stellen Luister naar verschillende soorten muziek en kies een instelling die gemiddeld juist lij
106. Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EG configui Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters Connected Bowers amp Wilkins N r 8 giltiga m tningar har gjorts ber knar programmet ett optimalt kompensationsfilter Rumskompensation Bowers amp Wilkins N r processen r avslutad visar Status att information har laddats till subbasen Room EQ data loaded och att kompensationen anv nds av den vergripande inst llningar Display M nga tycker att en ljus display r distraherande i synnerhet n r de tittar p film i ett m rkt rum D rf r r displayen p subbasens front inst lld p att dimmas ungef r 30 sekunder efter du slutat anv nda knapparna vilket syns p standardinst llningen Dim Dimma DB1 SubApp RE JO File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby NN E 6 de O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB G 0 dB O off Trigger 1 6 dB S 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal C Inverted Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency 25 Hz Slope 12 dB 9 24 dB Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins Du kan ndra detta s att displayen st
107. Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto Bowers amp Wilkins Mono Stereo 14 ME DEI SubApp TES File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de Dim Manual dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB C Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal Normal Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User el Frequency Phase Slope Ls Oo C 12 dB 25 Hz 90 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Gain 0
108. Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 2 Movies Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EU L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level System EQ 1 Mono Flat Mono Flat uk Bowers amp Wilkins Mono Flat Out Mono Flat uk B Preset 2 Preset 2 27 Ha SubApp XML File Save Save As
109. Vista y XP Las barras situadas debajo y a la izquierda del texto indican la extensi n de cada secci n o subsecci n hasta 3 niveles en colores diferentes mientras que la presencia de una flecha indica que la secci n continua en la p gina siguiente Antes de utilizar este programa le rogamos que lea el manual de instrucciones principal suministrado con el producto En dicho manual se describen las funciones del subwoofer y c mo ajustarlo utilizando el visualizador de funciones basado en men s y los pulsadores de su panel frontal Adem s de la funci n de Ajuste del Nivel de Volumen el programa SubApp duplica todas las posibilidades de configuraci n disponibles aunque en un formato m s f cil de leer y utilizar Adem s el programa le permite e Afiadir un nombre a cualquiera o a todas las preselecciones disponibles 5 en total para facilitar su identificaci n e Para aplicaciones de audio estereof nico seleccionar un filtro paso bajo predise ado a medida para algunos modelos de Bowers amp Wilkins que aparecen en una lista desplegable e Poner en marcha el procedimiento de Compensaci n Acustica de Salas Cualquier cambio que usted realice ser introducido autom ticamente en el subwoofer y se har audible El procedimiento de configuraci n est dividido en tres partes y deber a llevarse a cabo en el orden siguiente 1 Compensaci n Acustica de Salas Room Compensation 2 Ajustes Globales Global Settings 3 Preselec
110. Wilkins PS Klicken Sie unten links am Bildschirm auf Connect Verbinden oder oben im Men auf Communications und anschlie Bend auf Connect Das Programm durchsucht automatisch alle COM Ports bis es den Subwoofer findet Befindet sich der Subwoofer im Standby Betrieb so wird er vom Programm automatisch aktiviert Ist die Verbindung hergestellt so wird das rote Quadrat gr n und auf der Taste erscheint Connected Verbindung hergestellt Das Programm liest importiert und zeigt die aktuellen Einstellungen des Subwoofers an wobei alle zuvor vom SubApp Programm angezeigten Einstellungen ersetzt werden Bei der ersten Nutzung werden die Voreinstellungen wie oben gezeigt importiert Wird ein COM Port bereits f r eine andere Anwendung genutzt so zeigt das SubApp Programm wahrscheinlich eine Fehlermeldung an wenn es versucht auf diesen Port zuzugreifen Erscheint solch eine Meldung so k nnen Sie diesen an den Subwoofer angeschlossenen Port trotzdem ber SubApp aktivieren indem Sie oben im Bildschirm zuerst auf Communications und anschlie end auf Setup klicken Start Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity O 6 de ME O 6 dB ode ode O 6 dB i Polarity Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter User m Phase Oo 90 Frequency 25 Hz 180 270 Speaker None A Disconnected Deaktivieren Sie Automatically Select COM port Automatische Auswahl des COM Ports und w hlen Sie nun den g
111. in het menu Het programma zoekt nu alle COM poorten afzonderlijk af tot de verbinding met de subwoofer wordt gevonden Wanneer de subwoofer in standby staat wordt deze door het programma automatisch ingeschakeld Zodra de verbinding is gemaakt wordt het rode vierkantje groen en het toetsenveld verandert naar Disconnect verbinding verbreken Een controlepunt verschijnt links van het menu item Connect verbinden Het programma leest importeert en toont de huidige instellingen van de subwoofer die de al aangegeven instellingen in SubApp overrulen Bij de eerste keer worden de standaard instellingen geimporteerd als hierboven aangegeven Wanneer een COM poort al in gebruik is voor een andere toepassing zal SubApp een fout signaleren zodra geprobeerd wordt die poort te benaderen Wanneer deze foutmelding verschijnt kunt u SubApp dwingen deze specifieke poort te gebruiken door eerst naar Communications gt Setup communicatie gt setup in het menu te gaan Setting Stereo Input Setup Display On Standby Sensitivity Sensitivity E 6 de 2 6 dB lt Manual RS Trigger 1 0 dB 5 r O Auto 30 min 6 dB Polarit Automatically Select COM port Polarity 12V Preset 1 Normal 5 E z COM port DN Preset 2 O Inverted User v Phase 7 A Slope Low Pass Filter Frequency 80 p O 12 dB 24 dB 25 Hz
112. lj Connect Anslut p Communications menyn Programmet s ker automatiskt av alla COM portar tills det hittar subbasen Om subbasen r i standby l ge sl s den p automatiskt av programmet N r anslutningen r gjord lyser den r da fyrkanten gr nt och texten p knappen bredvid ndras till Disconnect Koppla fr n En markering visas till v nster om Connect alternativet Anslut p Communications menyn Programmet l ser av importerar och visar subbasens aktuella inst llningar vilka ers tter de inst llningar som redan visas p SubApp sk rmen N r subbasen anv nds f rsta g ngen importeras standardinst llningarna som visas ovan Om en COM port redan anv nds av ett annat program kan SubApp varna f r ett fel n r det f rs ker ansluta till denna port Om du f r ett s dant felmeddelande kan du tvinga SubApp att ansluta till den port som subbasen anv nder genom att v lja Setup Inst llningar p Communications menyn Start Stereo Input Setup e Sensitivity 6 de Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase 90 0 25 He 180 270 Speaker None A Disconnected e Setting Display e slope 12 dB 24 dB On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 d Auto 30 min VA Preset 1 DN Preset 2 Bowers amp Wilkins Avmar
113. meax On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto Bowers amp Wilkins Regolazioni Generali Configurazione Ingressi Guadagno W 081 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dg O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V Normal Mormal Inverted CO Inverted Uv Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 O 0 O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins oe al DB1 collegato un processore surround lasciare il guadagno Gain del corrispondente ingresso generalmente quello mono sul livello iniziale O dB in quanto il processore dotato di un sistema di regolazione che agisce anche sull uscita per il sub Fare riferimento al manuale di istruzioni del componente per effettuare le regolazioni di tutti i canali secondo le procedure previste dal costruttore Se invece al DB1 collegato un preamplificatore stereo si render necessario regolare il guadagno Gain del corrispondente ingresso generalmente quello stereo ad orecchio per livellarlo con l emissione dei diffusori Ascoltate brani e generi musicali diversi fino a trovare la regolazione pi corretta E difficile predeterminare il li
114. o balanceada ou n o balanceada Use uma ou a outra de acordo com a fonte de sinal mas n o as duas em conjunto A liga o balanceada oferece uma maior resist ncia a interfer ncias mas a fonte de sinal tem de ter tamb m uma sa da balanceada AN N o ligue uma sa da n o balanceada da fonte entrada balanceada do subwoofer e vice versa Para cada uma das entradas existem tr s par metros a considerar Sensibilidade Sensitivity Polaridade Polarity Ganho Gain Ter de levar em conta os primeiros dois em todos os casos mas o Ganho depender do tipo da fonte de sinal Sensibilidade Para maximizar a rela o sinal ru do ajuste em primeiro lugar a sensibilidade anal gica das entradas que vai usar para que esteja de acordo com o n vel de sa da nominal da fonte usada 081 SubApp EJE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setting Sensitivity Gain Gain Display Un Standby 6 6 S 6 de 9 Dim Manual dB Q off Trigger 1 6 dB Auto D kel 0 b Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity x S Enabled 12V Mormal Normal 6 6 m Inverted Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User La Frequency Phase Slope J 80 50 12dB 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Procure o nivel de saida da fonte a partir das caracteristicas no respectivo manual Usando as teclas realcada
115. 180 Cy 270 Speaker None A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Schakel Automatically Select COM port automatisch COM poort kiezen uit en kies de juiste COM poort uit het afrol menu Kamer Correctie Wij raden u aan deze procedure als eerste uit te voeren omdat deze consequenties heeft voor de zelf te bepalen instellingen Heeft u echter de Global of Preset instellingen al gewijzigd dan is dit niet belangrijk omdat de procedure deze instellingen passeert tijdens de metingen Na de Room Compensation kamer correctie procedure dienen sommige instellingen zo niet alle opnieuw te worden gedaan Klik op de Room Compensation kamer correctie tab en controleer of Room EQ kamer EQ aangevinkt is Dit is het SubApp equivalent voor Room EQ In ingeschakeld op het frontpaneel GUI van de subwoofer Ja 061 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Steek de SC 01 USB geluidskaart in een vrije USB poort van uw computer anders zal de procedure niet starten en druk op Launch Room Compensation Routine start kamer correctie procedure Kamer Correctie Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes tha
116. 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB Auto 0 LJ D Aal Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ES Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM O Inverted 0 L 3 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB Q 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins B Sensitivity 0 5 2 0 nn 0 M Ha 0 THX 109 SPL 1 1 rms
117. 6 de sale O 6 de EE 0 dB 0 dB O 6 dB O 6 dB Polarity Polarity gt Normal E 2 Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Ls 25 Hz Speaker Setting Display Dim Manual C off Trigger 1 Auto Trigger 2 Enabled Bowers amp Wilkins O RS 232 Manual 12V Trigger 1 1 3 5mm 12V TRIG 1 Auto 10 JE DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Mono Input Sekup Ster
118. Cancel Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Jetzt sind alle Einstellungen auf Preset 2 bertragen worden Diese Taste ist jetzt aktiviert da zuletzt auf Preset 2 zugegriffen worden ist Die Warnmeldung erscheint nicht mehr 20 Voreinstellungen Eingang Nutzen Sie die runden Schaltfl chen um unter Input Eingang der Quelle entsprechend Mono oder Stereo auszuw hlen Ein Surround Prozessor wird normalerweise an einen der Mono Eing nge angeschlossen Bevorzugen Sie eine andere Quelle f r Stereo Musik so nutzen Sie die Stereo Eing nge Da die beiden Kan le im Subwoofer zu einem Kanal kombiniert werden so m ssen Sie sich hinsichtlich des linken oder rechten Kanals keine Gedanken machen DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input dias System EQ Flat Flat In L PFilter Out Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Gts 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 Preset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset LP Filter Level Cancel Die Eigenschaften jedes Eingangs werden wie unter Global Settings oben beschrieben konfiguriert 21 Voreinstellungen System EQ Unter System EQ System EQ haben Sie
119. Compensation Routine Routine f r die Anpassung an die Raumakustik Anpassung an die Raumakustik Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important mades providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions Room The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected you will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Je kleiner der H rbereich desto besser kann der Frequenzgang berechnet werden Es besteht jedoch immer die Gefahr dass die Ergebnisse au erhalb des festgelegten Bereichs schlechter werden Nehmen Sie Messungen innerhalb des gesamten voraussichtlich genutzten H rbereichs vor so dass nur die allen Positionen gemeins
120. EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins di subApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configui Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters mem em mem pm em emn em emn um en m m E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 8 Bowers amp Wilkins Status Room EQ data loaded EQ 30
121. Enabled box and select which two presets you wish to toggle between from the drop down menus DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display 6 O 6 de O 6 de E Dim ode 0 dB O off O 6 de O 6 dB Sensitivity Polarity Polarity Enabled 2 Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter a User mi Phase Slope Us Oo O 12 dB 90 24 dB 180 Q 270 Frequency 25 Hz Speaker mex On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12V Preset 2 sel DN Bowers amp Wilkins AN If you enable Trigger 2 to toggle between two Presets all other Preset switching methods are disabled 12 Global Settings Configuring Inputs You may configure both the Mono and Stereo inputs separately For example you might want to use a surround processor for movies but a separate stereo pre amplifier for music In that case you would connect the Subwoofer or LFE output of the processor to one of the subwoofer s Mono inputs and the stereo pre amplifier to the Stereo inputs You have a choice of balanced or unbalanced connection to the Mono input Use one or the other according to the source component but not both together Balanced connection gives greater resistance to interference but the source component must have a balanced output AN Do
122. Filter Level Mono Flat Qut D Mona Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Dra reglagen med musen eller klicka p varje kontroll och flytta den med piltangenterna N r du drar i reglagen med musen s visas v rdena i rutorna nedanf r men inst llningarna verf rs inte till subbasen f rr n du sl pper Om du inte anv nder Rumskompensationen s kan User EQ Anv ndar EQ hj lpa dig att fintrimma ljudet efter rummet Rumsakustikens mest irriterande egenskap r mullrande bas vid vissa frekvenser och du kan kompensera f r detta genom att minska subbasens niv i just de frekvensregistren Det r ingen bra id att f rs ka h ja niv n i frekvenser som inte h rs alls De beror p utfasningar och ljudet blir d rf r aldrig s rskilt h gt hur mycket man n h jer niv n Av den anledningen och f r att undvika verbelastningar g r det bara att h ga niv erna med 5 dB medan det g r att s nka dem 10 dB 25 F rinst llningar Namn p f rinst llningar Du kan tilldela f rinst llningarna namn f r att de ska bli l ttare att k nna igen Namnen kan best av 10 tecken inklusive blanksteg och beskriva n r de ska anv ndas lyssnarens namn eller en kombination av b da tv Om det till exempel finns tv l gen musik och film och tv personer som ofta lyssnar och gillar olika inst llningar Martin Andersson och Peter Johansson kan du anv nda fyra f rinst
123. Global Settings Presets Room Compe Iteration 1 Place the microphone the desired measurement Boni location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 8 8 np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Bo
124. Global Settings Presets Room Compe Room Compensation Setup The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1 SC 01 USB Sound Card 1x Microphone cable to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Room Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the 081 subwoofer MONO input RCA phano connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ligue os restantes cabos da seguinte forma Use o cabo com a ficha XLR num dos extremos e a uma ficha jack miniatura de 3 5mm no outro para ligac o do microfone a entrada correspondente da placa de som com a indica o amp Use o cabo com uma ficha jack miniatura de 3 5mm num dos extremos e uma ficha RCA na outra para liga o da sa da de linha da placa de som identificada por entrada mono do subwoofer Apesar de o programa incluir uma rotina de supress o de zumbido prefer vel que o subwoofer seja ligado massa comum dos restantes equipamentos de udio durante o procedimento de medi o Se a entrada RCA mono for a unica normalmente usada para liga o da fonte de sinal pode ligar o subwoofer massa ligando temporaria
125. Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40 level gt x s 6 5 5 5 ETS Input 3 2 System EQ LI Dg L P Filter Store Preset 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Druk op OK W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact Mories User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 5 5 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Gal 0 Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ ni LP Filter O Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Nu de waarschuwing is verdwenen verschijnt de naam in Preset 2 en wordt ook aangegeven in de display op het frontpaneel van de subwoofer juist onder het preset nummer telkens wanneer Preset 2 actief is 21 Opslaan instellingen in de computer Alle instellingen in SubApp kunnen in uw computer worden opgeslagen als een XML bestand en we raden u aan dit te doen als een backup Ga naar File gt Save bestand gt opslaan of Save As opslaan als om de instellingen op te slaan en File gt O
126. Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings F rinst llningar Namn p f rinst llningar Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat O In Movies i Stereo Impact Out Level User EQ ee one Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 5 5 i Preset 1 kel Preset 2 Preset 3 ke 0 0 0 Preset 4 D LH Preset 5 mim 10 10 10 2 2 3 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Cancel Klicka p OK W DB1 subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact Mories User EQ 20 Hz 5 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 2 Store Preset Cancel Nu f rsvinner varningstexten namnet Movies visas i F rinst llning 2 och visas ocks p subbasens front alldeles under siffran 2 n r F rinst llning 2 r aktiverad 21 Store Preset Stored Presets Preset 1 zl be Preset A Preset Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out ee Level 2 Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter
127. L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins EQ System EQ EQ Flat FE M Impact Y 081 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input Mona O Stereo System EL Flat O Impact O In Out User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Low Pass Filter Preset name Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level TELE uM ST 22 Bowers amp Wilkins 2 FE BR o DI ERA
128. Manual ode ade O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto O 0 BER Polarity Polarity Ke LE Enabled 12V Preset2 2 Normal 2 Normal u 6 6 OV preseti se Inverted O Inverted 0 Preset 1 Low Pass Filter Frequency Phase Slope Us 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker None C 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Trigger 2 ana 12 Mono Stereo Subwoofer LFE Mono Stereo
129. Med hj lp av programmet kan du ocks e Ange ett namn pa n got eller alla 5 f rinst llningar minnen sa att de ar l ttare att k nna igen e V lja ett s rskilt f rprogrammerat l gpassfilter f r stereobruk fr n en lista ver vissa Bowers amp Wilkins modeller e K ra rumskompensation Alla ndringar som g rs i inst llningarna verf rs automatiskt till subbasen och b rjar anv ndas direkt Installationen r indelad i tre delar och b r g ras i f ljande ordning 1 Rumskompensation Room Compensation 2 Overgripande inst llningar Global Settings 3 F rinst liningar Presets V lj del genom att klicka p flikarna l ngst upp till v nster 081 SubApp JO File d Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 6 dB O 6 de 5 Dim Manual 0 dB 0 de O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto E3 6 al E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity x Enabled 12 Normal Normal chy C Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User vl Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz sa 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Rumskompensationen r valfri och anv nder mikrofonen ljudkortet och kablarna som ing r till subbasen vergripande inst llningar g ller alla funktioner F rinst llningar
130. Out Level D Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins A 24 mM EQ EQ Flat FE Impact o User EQ HF EQ 5 BW DB1 SubApp Joy lt File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input System EQ Mono Flat CO In L P Filter i tel Stereo Impact i 1 Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input ore Preset pedis F Ore Preset L P Filter Level Cancel D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins
131. Pass Filter User E Frequency Phase Slope J i 80 00 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz so 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 IB Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins SubApp RS 232 USB RS 232 D RS 232 PC SubApp Global Settings AM WDE1 SubApn Communications Connect Global Setup Mono Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display O 6 dB O 6 de Dim 0 dB 0 dB O off O 6 dB O 6 dB O 0 lal Trigger 2 Polarit
132. Setting Display On Standby Dim Manual Q off Trigger 2 Enabled Bowers amp Wilkins Vous pouvez d finir le d lai en minutes de ce passage en veille l aide du menu d roulant droite du bouton Auto Choisissez un temps suffisamment important pour maintenir le caisson de basses en fonctionnement pendant tout un film notamment pour tenir compte de certains passages assez longs et sans effets de grave 11 Parametres G Changer les Prereglages Presets Il y a trois fa ons de commuter entre les divers jeux de pr r glages programm s Vous pouvez acc der l un des cinq pr r glages l aide des boutons du panneau avant du caisson de graves ou utiliser un syst me domotique connect au port RS 232 Vous pouvez aussi basculer entre deux pr r glages en utilisant le trigger 12V d un autre appareil audio connect l entr e TRIG 2 du subwoofer Pour cela cochez la case Enabled Activ et choisissez l un des pr r glages l aide du menu d roulant W 081 SubApp JI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby GH CS O 6 de O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O duto Polarity Polarity Enabled 12V Preset 2 v 2 Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted IN Low Pass Filte
133. User EQ che consente di modificare la risposta in frequenza del subwoofer secondo le proprie preferenze W 081 subApp JI File Communications Help Preselezioni Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat C In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact Level 0 ooo 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Level 40 Hz 60 Hz 56 Hz Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level e ore Preset Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Spostare il cursore con il mouse lungo la barra o cliccare direttamente sulla barra e muoverlo utilizzando i tasti freccia su o freccia gi della tastiera del vostro computer Quando si utilizza il mouse per spostare i cursori dei livelli le modifiche vengono immediatamente evidenziate nei campi alla base della barre ma non vengono trasmesse al subwoofer fino a quando non si rilascia il tasto del mouse Se non viene utilizzato il sistema automatico di correzione ambientale Room Compensation l equalizzatore grafico User EQ pu essere d aiuto per correggere le risonanze del locale Le caratteristiche dell acustica di un ambiente tendono spesso ad accentuare talune fre
134. Vous aurez toutefois besoin de modifier certains voire tous les r glages manuels quand la proc dure de Compensation de Pi ce se sera achev e Cliquez sur l onglet Room Compensation Compensation de Pi ce et v rifiez que la case Room EQ Egalisation de pi ce est bien coch e C est l quivalent SubApp de la fonction Room EQ r gl e sur In Marche sur le menu Audio de l cran du panneau avant du caisson de basses W 081 subApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ins rez la carte son USB SC 01 dans une des prises USB libres de votre ordinateur sinon la proc dure ne d marrera pas puis appuyez sur le bouton Launch Room Compensation Routine Lancement de la procedure de Compensation de Piece Compensation de Piece Global Settings Presets Room Compe Room Disconnect E Connected Plus la zone d coute est petite au sein de la zone definie Le processus de calcul du filtre est enti rement automatique et ne n cessite aucune interpr tation par l utilisateur Appuyez sur OK pour continuer Room Compensation Setup General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening position
135. a forma de configura o de n veis usando o gerador de ru do interno Se a fonte um amplificador estereof nico necessita de ajustar o ganho de entrada normalmente est reo de ouvido Escute uma larga variedade de registos e escolha o n vel que pare a mais adequado em termos m dios dif cil recomendar um n vel teoricamente correcto Isso depende da sensibilidade das suas colunas principais e do ganho dos amplificadores a que est o ligadas Poder tamb m ter diferentes n veis para diferentes aplica es No entanto para al m do ajuste global de ganho aqui indicado cada uma das mem rias de pr selec o possui o seu pr prio ajuste adicional de n vel e pode tamb m ajustar o n vel do subwoofer para qualquer faixa individual usando a fun o Volume Trim Ajuste Fino de Volume no painel frontal deste equipamento Todo o que necessita aqui de estabelecer um n vel de volume aproximado ou seja um valor m dio 15 Filtro passa baixo Se usar um pr amplificador est reo para alimentar as entradas Est reo necessita de configurar o filtro passa baixo do subwoofer para que fique de acordo com a pendente inferior da resposta de graves das suas colunas principais 1 0 1 SubApp TES File Communications Help Ajustes Globais Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby M O 6 de O amp dB Dim Manual
136. au cours de la proc dure de mesure de pi ce Si vous n utilisez que l entr e mono RCA pour connecter la source vous pouvez mettre le caisson de graves la masse en branchant temporairement le c ble d interconnexion audio dans l une des prises d entr e RCA st r o Lorsque tout est connect appuyez sur OK pour continuer Bb DB1 Subap ogg Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe p Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Bag location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Vous amp tes maintenant invit a faire la premiere des 8 s quences de mesures Pendant les mesures assurez vous que le micro est bien maintenu sa position et qu il n y ait pas de bruit parasite dans la pi ce pendant que le signal sonore de mesure est mis Choisissez pour le micro 8 positions de mani re bien couvrir toute la zone d coute Positionnez le micro approximativement hauteur d oreille Vous serez invit faire un minimum de 8 mesures par cons quent si l une d entre elles ne peut pas tre prise en compte par exemple s il y a trop de bruit de fond vous serez invit en refaire une autre Vous pouvez juste tenir le micro dans la main et quand il est la bonne position appuyez sur OK DB1 SubApp File Communications Help
137. de geluidskaart gemerkt te verbinden met de mono ingang van de subwoofer Hoewel het programma ook brom onderdrukt verdient het de voorkeur de subwoofer op de overige audioapparatuur te aarden tijdens het meten van de kamerakoestiek Wanneer de mono cinch ingang onder normale omstandigheden de enige verbinding is met de bron kunt u de subwoofer aarden door tijdelijk de audio verbindingskabel op n van de stereo cinch ingangen aan te sluiten Wanneer alles is aangesloten drukt u op OK Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Bic location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press Ok when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Kamer Correctie Kies 8 microfoonposities op ongeveer oorhoogte om het luistergebied egaal te coveren U wordt gevraagd minimaal 8 metingen te doen maar wanneer er een niet bruikbaar is teveel achtergrond lawaai bijvoorbeeld wordt u gevraagd er meer te doen U kunt de microfoon simpelweg in uw hand houden en zodra de positie juist is drukt op OK rei subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Tijdens de metingen verschijnt het m
138. der cette page DB1 SubApp File Commup Global Setti Active Settings Input Mono Stereo Level dy Help pom Compensation System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Flat O In Impact Out User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 5 a S 5 i D Ae O gado Od Ohad I 3 I I 10 10 10 10 10 D 0 0 0 0 Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Ja Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Out 0 c EH o EH o EH Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Sur la gauche ce sont les Active Settings Param tres actifs Ce sont les valeurs actuellement prises en compte et qui d terminent ce que vous entendez Les gros boutons sur la partie droite r sument les param tres de chacun des cinq pr r glages Si le bouton Preset 1 Pr r glage 1 apparait comme enfonc cela indique qu il s agit du dernier preset auquel on a acc d soit pour charger les param tres soit pour les sauvegarder Dans l illustration ci dessus toutes les presets et les param tres actifs sont dans leur tat par d faut Le mode Mono est s lectionn L galisation du syst me System EQ est plat Le filtr
139. der Abbildung ist Taste Preset 1 Voreinstellung 1 aktiviert Das bedeutet dass hier die letzten Einstellungen vorgenommen wurden In der Abbildung oben sind alle Presets und Active Settings wie in der Voreinstellung vorgesehen abgebildet Unter Input Eingang ist Mono eingestellt Der voreingestellte System EQ System EQ ist Flat linear F r Low Pass Filter Tiefpassfilter ist Out eingestellt F r keinen der Presets ist ein Name eingegeben worden Alle Pegel sind auf O dB gesetzt Es ist wichtig zu verstehen dass die Active Settings nicht unbedingt einer der Voreinstellungen entsprechen m ssen Alle an den Active Settings vorgenommenen Anderungen sind sofort h rbar Werden die neuen Einstellungen jedoch anschlie end nicht manuell unter einem der f nf Presets gespeichert k nnen sie verlorengehen Daher haben Sie die M glichkeit einige neue Einstellungen auszuprobieren ohne dabei Presets berschreiben zu m ssen die zuvor konfiguriert worden sind Haben Sie seit dem letzten Laden oder Speichern eines Presets nderungen vorgenommen so erhalten Sie folgende Warnung Active settings not saved to Preset Die aktiven Einstellungen sind nicht als Voreinstellung gespeichert Nutzen Sie das Setup Men an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers so werden Sie durch die Anzeige gewarnt die statt blau nun rot leuchtet Um diesen Vorgang im SubApp Programm zu verdeutlichen ist im n chsten Bild f r System EQ System EQ Impact nicht li
140. des Subwoofers an die Trennfrequenz Ihrer Hauptlautsprecher anpassen 1 061 subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 S O 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal 2 Normal O Inverted O Inverted Uv Preset 1 Frequency 800 Diamond 807 Diamond 1803 Diamond Discannect Jena Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 Handelt es sich bei Ihren Lautsprechern um Modelle von Bowers amp Wilkins w hlen Sie aus dem Dropdown Men unter Low Pass Filter den Punkt Speaker Lautsprecher Weiter unten erscheint ein weiteres Dropdown Men in dem Sie nachsehen k nnen ob Ihre Lautsprecher aufgelistet sind Sind sie es so klicken Sie einfach das richtige Modell an Die drei Parameter Frequency Frequenz Phase Phase und Slope Steilheit werden deaktiviert 16 Globale Einstellungen Tiefpassfilter Sind Ihre Lautsprecher nicht aufgef hrt oder sind es keine Modelle von Bowers amp Wilkins w hlen Sie in der oberen Dropdown Liste User Nutzer und stellen die drei Parameter manuell ein En SubApp JO File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensi
141. dessen Werte in die aktive Audiokette zu laden Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Maus in die Textbox klicken Sie auf die Maustaste und geben Sie den Namen ein Verwenden Sie keine Akzente oder Umlaute Sie sind nicht kompatibel mit der Bildschirmanzeige des Subwoofers np subApp JOE File Communications Help ne en Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter ji Pepe Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out Level User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 60 Hz Preset 3 TE Klum System EQ Flat L P Filter Out oo B B 0 Level Preset 4 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ SE P ERO L P Filter Level Cancel 4 Active settings not saved to Preset DM Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Der Name ist noch nicht gespeichert daher erscheint eine entsprechende Warnmeldung Sie speichern den Namen unter Preset 2 indem Sie zun chst auf Store Preset Voreinstellung speichern klicken Da Preset 2 gerade geladen wurde ist es immer noch im Popup Fenster aktiviert 26 COLE ubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Voreinstellungen Namen f r die Presets hinzuf gen Input
142. ihm beiliegenden Bedienungsanleitung Handelt es sich bei der Quellkomponente um einen Stereo Vorverst rker so m ssen Sie den Wert f r Gain unter Input im Allgemeinen unter Stereo Input Setup nach Geh r einstellen H ren Sie sich unterschiedliches Programmmaterial an um so Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display O 6 dB Dim E 0 dB O off O 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity E Enabled 2 Normal CO Inverted Phase Slope ONU 12 dB 90 24 dB 180 Q 270 einen Wert zu finden der im GroBen und Ganzen passt Es ist schwierig einen theoretisch korrekten Wert anzugeben Er h ngt von der Empfindlichkeit der Hauptlautsprecher und der Verst rkung durch die sie antreibenden Verst rker ab Vielleicht m chten Sie auch f r verschiedene Anwendungsbereiche unterschiedliche Werte einstellen Daf r haben Sie zus tzlich zu der globalen Einstellung von Gain wie hier beschrieben die M glichkeit in jedem Preset zus tzliche eigene Einstellungen vorzunehmen Au erdem k nnen Sie ber Volume Trim an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers auch den Pegel f r jeden einzelnen Titel einstellen An dieser Stelle m ssen Sie jedoch nur einen ungef hren durchschnittlichen Wert w hlen 15 max On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v Bowers amp Wilkins Globale Einstellungen Tiefpassfilter Ist ein Stereo Vorverst rker an die Stereo Eing nge angeschlossen so m ssen Sie das Tiefpassfilter
143. llningar L gpassfilter Om signalk llan r en hemmabioprocessor beh ver du inte n got filter sa ange Low Pass Filter L gpassfilter till Out Av Val In Pa om signalk llan ar ett stereof rsteg och st ll in filtret enligt beskrivningen ovan under Lagpassfilter i avsnittet Overgripande inst llningar E 0 1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat 0 Mono Flat O In se L P Filter Gut O Stereo Impact Out 7 u Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Lp Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 F rinst llningar Niv Med kontrollen Level Niv kan du fintrimma balansen mellan subbasen och huvudh gtalarna p olika s tt f r olika anv ndningsomr den Dra reglaget med musen eller klicka p kontrollen och flytta den med piltangenterna DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat In L P Filter Out Stereo O I
144. llningar som heter Musik MA Film MA Musik PJ och Film PJ Som ett exempel ger vi f rinst llning 2 som vi konfigurerade f rut namnet Movies Filmer Klicka p knappen Preset 2 F rinst llning 2 till h ger f r att ladda in dess v rden Klicka i rutan och skriv Movies ME DEI SubApp Jal File Communications Help III ARN I Global Settings Presets Boom Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter ni Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat CO In L PFilter Out I Stereo 9 Impact 2 Out Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out 2 o 2 Level Level User EQ 0 Hz 6 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Preset 3 nn ELELE System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut oo 0 B 0 Lerel Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Sk F t RE OE L P Filter Level Cancel D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Namnet har inte sparats nnu s varningen Active settings not saved to Preset Aktiva inst llningar inte sparade som f rinst llning visas Spara det nya namnet p F rinst llning 2 genom att f rst klicka p Store Preset Lagra f rinst llning Eftersom F rinst llning 2 just har laddats r den fortfarande markerad i popup f nstret 26 I DB1 SubApp File Communications
145. manual de instrucciones Utilizando los botones resaltados seleccione la sensibilidad Sensitivity de entrada aproximada en la tabla siguiente Nivel de salida de la fuente Sensibilidad de entrada del subwoofer 6dB Para la mayoria de fuentes disponibles en el mercado el ajuste ptimo ser 0 dB a la vez que en el momento de poner en marcha el subwoofer por vez primera tanto la sensibilidad de las dos entradas como todas las ganancias estan ajustadas por defecto en O dB con el fin de proporcionar al DB1 la sensibilidad est ndar del THX es decir 109 dB SPL a 1 metro para una entrada de 1 Vrms Si el indicador luminoso del subwoofer parpadea en rojo durante los picos intensos significa que se est produciendo una sobrecarga en la entrada En este caso utilice el ajuste de sensibilidad inmediatamente inferior y aumente la ganancia del subwoofer en 6 dB para nivelarlo de nuevo con las cajas ac sticas principales de su equipo 13 Polaridad Compruebe la polaridad de los amplificadores que alimentan sus cajas acusticas principales con ayuda de las caracteristicas t cnicas de los mismos En la actualidad es muy raro encontrar amplificadores inversores pero lo cierto es que existen y si el igualarla Ajustes Globales DB1 SubApp File Communications Configuraci n de Entradas Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Frequency 25 Hz
146. montre la valeur par d faut Dim du panneau de r glage DB1 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compens ation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby GES a 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB Ri 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB al O 6 dB O Auto z Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity za Normal E i Enabled Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter User ee Frequency Slope 12 dB 24 de La 25 Hz Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins Vous pouvez forcer l cran s teindre compl tement en s lectionnant le bouton Off D sactiver D s que vous appuyez sur l un des boutons du panneau avant du caisson de graves l cran devient totalement clair et il le reste tant que vous utilisez l cran et les diff rents boutons en mode de configuration L eneraux Parametres G Marche Veille Il existe 4 fa ons de faire passer le caisson de basse entre le mode Marche et le mode Veille ME 0B1 SubApp ole File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display E 6 za 6 de 6 de Dim Manual ode 5 Ode O off C Trigger 1 O 6 de Q 6 dB C Auto Trigger 2
147. ngs av helt och h llet genom att klicka p knappen Off Av S fort du trycker p n gon av knapparna p subbasens front t nds displayen och den r alltid t nd n r du anv nder knapparna f r att g ra inst llningar vergripande inst llningar P standby Det finns 4 s tt att v xla mellan subbasens p och standby l gen WDB1 SubApp Joe File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display 6 de 6 de Dim Manual ode 5 Ode O off C Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 de cl S O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a nable Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted Law Fass Filter user ci Frequency Slope Ls 12 dB 25 Hz 2 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins P standby knappen p subbasens front fungerar alltid Om du anv nder ett styrsystem som r anslutet till RS 232 porten v ljer du Manual Manuell Om du synkroniserar subbasen med en annan komponent med hj lp av 12 volts styrsignaler v ljer du Trigger 1 Styrsignal 1 och ansluter styrsignalsutg ngen p den andra komponenten till TRIG 1 ing ngen p subbasen med hj lp av en kabel som har minijack kontakter i b da ndar Om du vill att subbasen ska sl s p n r den k nner av en ljudsignal och att den ska terg till standb
148. not connect an unbalanced output on the source component to the subwoofer s balanced input and vice versa For each of the inputs there are three parameters to consider Sensitivity Polarity Gain You will need to consider the first two of these in all cases but Gain will depend on the type of source component Sensitivity To maximise the signal to noise ratio first adjust the analogue sensitivity of the inputs you are going to use to match the nominal output level of the connected source component W 081 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation anut Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Gain Display On Standby 6 6 An 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB 9 0 de C off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto 0 LJ D Aal Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ES Enabled 12V Normal 2 Normal 6 Dv O Inverted L 3 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB Q 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Find the output level of your source equipment from the specifications in its owner s manual Using the radio buttons highlighted select the appropriate input sensitivity from the table Source output level Subwoofer input sensitivity 0 5V or less 6dB For most source components OdB will be the optimum setting and on delivery both input sensitivities
149. p gina WDB1 SubApp File Commug Global Setti Input Mono O Stereo Level 6 Active Settings Help System EQ Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz 5 5 10 pom Compensation Low Pass Filter O In Out 28 Hz 40 Hz 5 10 Preset name 56 Hz 10 50 Hz Stored Presets Ja Preset 1 Preset 2 Freset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EC L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input Mono Flat Out o 0 Mono Flat Qut Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Out System EQ L P Filter Level Store Preset Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins esquerda encontra o par metro Active Settings Ajustes Activos Estas s o as opc es que est o activas e que determinam aquilo que est a ouvir As teclas de op o grandes direita resumem os par metros de cada uma das mem rias de pr selec o A tecla Preset 1 Pr selec o 1 apresentada no estado de premida indicando que esta foi a ltima pr selec o a ser acedida seja para carregar ou guardar Na figura acima todas as pr selec es e ajustes activos s o apresentados no seu estado inicial por autom tico A entrada Mono est seleccionada Est seleccionada a op o Flat resposta plana para o par metro pr conf
150. por si misma y es la respuesta correcta desde el punto de vista te rico Ser la elecci n natural para reproducir m sica Las pel culas son diferentes Hacer que el sonido sea m s grande que el original puede realzar la experiencia de escucha Es por ello que hemos pre programado una ecualizaci n dise ada espec ficamente para a adir emoci n a los efectos especiales cinematogr ficos Tambi n puede ser la opci n m s adecuada para los videojuegos 22 Filtro Paso Bajo Low Pass Filter Si la fuente utilizada es un procesador de sonido envolvente usted no necesitar ning n filtro por lo que deber seleccionar Low Pass Filter Filtro Paso Bajo en Out Desactivado Si la fuente es un preamplificador estereof nico seleccione In Activado y configure el filtro tal y como se describe en el apartado Low Pass Filter del menu Ajustes Globales Preselecciones DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset I Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input User EQ System EM L P Filter 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P ee L P Filter Level Cancel
151. regolare la sensibilit degli ingressi analogici in funzione del livello d uscita nominale della sorgente collegata 10 0 1 SubApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setup anut Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby 6 6 FT 6 dB 2 6 dB Wi Dim Manual 0 de 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB Auto 0 6 0 uud Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 6 chy Inverted C2 Inverted Low Pass Filter User EA Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Il livello d uscita nominale di norma indicato nelle specifiche tecniche riportate nel manuale di istruzioni del componente collegato Utilizzando i pulsanti evidenziati selezionare la corretta sensibilit Sensitivity dell ingresso come indicato nella tabella sottostante Livello uscita sorgente Sensibilit ingresso subwoofer 0 5 V o inferiore 2 0 V o superiore Nella maggioranza dei casi 0 dB si dimostrer la sensibilit ottimale Questa anche la regolazione preimpostata della sensibilit e del guadagno di tutti gli ingressi del subwoofer corrispondente allo standard THX di 109 dB spl ad 1 m per 1 V rms in ingresso Se lampeggia sul pannello frontale del subwoofer un led rosso significa che si
152. som Aktiva installningar Lat oss saga att du vill spara de nya v rdena i F rinst llning 2 Klicka da f rst pa knappen Store Preset Lagra f rinst llning Saki nn LIES I y HD DU ni File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation ee Ackive Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Gut Stereo Impact 5 Out Level 0 ooo 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mono Level User EQ em e System EQ Flat Select preset storage location L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Level o er 6 5 5 5 oo Em Presek2 UK Input j Pres System EQ it 0 0 Dk Preset 4 L P Filter E Preset 5 Level Preset Input System EQ 10 4n 4 L P FilEer Level Store Preset b TT Cancel Input System EQ L P Filter Level 4 Active settings not saved to Preset E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ett f nster ppnas som visar en lista ver f rinst llningar Markera Preset 2 F rinst llning 2 och klicka p OK knappen 19 F rinst llningar Wb Subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Anv ndning Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In ns L PFilte
153. the SC 01 line ouput Cy 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the 061 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Although the program includes hum rejection it is preferred that the subwoofer be grounded to the rest of the audio system during the room measurement procedure If the mono RCA input is the only one normally used to connect source equipment you may ground the subwoofer by temporarily plugging the audio interconnect cable into one of the stereo RCA input sockets When everything is connected press OK to continue Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement tr location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Choose 8 microphone positions to cover the listening area evenly at approximately ear height You will be prompted to do a minimum of 8 measurements but if any is found to be faulty for example if there is too much background noise you will be prompted to take more You can simply hold the microphone in your hand and when it is in the right position press OK Room Compensation File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EC enable Room EQ Status
154. voce Preset 2 26 BEA Cubans File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Preselezioni Denominazione Preselezioni Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mana Flat O In Movies Stereo Impact Out Level User EQ TITO M Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 5 5 I d 0 Preset 4 6 10 10 10 2 2 3 Preset 5 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Stored Presets Input System EQ L P Filter Level L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Cut Mono System EQ Impact Cut Mono Flat Cut Bowers amp Wilkins Premere OK in questa finestra per confermare l assegnazione del nome alla preselezione 2 DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Preset 1 Low Pass Filter Preset name C In Out Input Mono O Stereo System EQ Flat Impact Movies User EQ 20 Hz 5 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz E i Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel Ora il messaggio di allerta scomparso il nome assegnato appare nel riquadro del pulsante Preset 2 a destra e verr anche evidenziato nel display del subw
155. 0 0 Frequency edB Bowers amp Wilkins Frequency Range 6dB 3dB 0 6 3dB 0 7
156. 0 de 1 Trigger 1 6 dB M E Communications Lotus O Auto 30 min Procedure iniziali Polarity Normal C Inverted DN Preset L Preset 1 Low Pass Filter User iv Frequency Phase Slope 0 O 12 dB a 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker Mone O 270 A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Deselezionare la casella alla voce Automatically Select COM port Seleziona Automaticamente la porta COM nella finestra piccola e quindi scegliere dall elenco a tendina la porta alla quale il sub amp collegato Correzione Ambientale Vi consigliamo di effettuare questa operazione all inizio in quanto essa influira sulle regolazioni manuali Tuttavia nel caso abbiate gi apportato modifiche ai parametri del subwoofer ci non influir sulle misurazioni in quanto verranno ignorate Quasi certamente poi una volta completata la correzione ambientale dovrete rivedere molte se non tutte le regolazioni manuali effettuate Selezionare la scheda Room Compensation Correzione Ambientale cliccando sulla corrispondente etichetta in alto e assicurarsi che nella casella a fianco di Room EQ Equalizzazione Ambiente compaia il segno di spunta Ci equivale a selezionare In alla voce Room EQ nel men Audio sul display del subwoofer W 081 subApp JI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration
157. 1 Auto lon Oy Preset 1 Bowers amp Wilkins AN Se si abilita Trigger 2 per commutare due preselezioni tutte gli altri modi di selezione delle preselezioni vengono disattivati 12 Regolazioni Generali Configurazione Ingressi possibile configurare gli ingressi mono e stereo in maniera differente Nel caso il vostro impianto comprenda un processore surround dedicato alla visione dei film e un preamplificatore stereo per la riproduzione della musica e vogliate utilizzare entrambi col DB1 si colleghera l uscita Subwoofer o LFE Low Frequency Effects del processore ad uno degli ingressi mono del sub ed il preamplificatore a quello stereo Gli ingressi mono sono due uno bilanciato con connettore XLR ed uno non bilanciato con connettore RCA Utilizzarli in funzione dell uscita disponibile sul processore ma mai contemporaneamente collegamenti bilanciati sono preferibili in quanto meno soggetti alle interferenze ma necessario che il componente sorgente disponga di un adeguata uscita bilanciata AN Non collegare mai un uscita non bilanciata del componente sorgente all ingresso bilanciato del subwoofer e viceversa Per ciascun ingresso vi sono tre parametri da considerare Sensibilit Sentitivity Polarit Polarity Guadagno Gain primi due vanno regolati sempre mentre il guadagno dipende del tipo di sorgente collegata allo specifico ingresso Sensibilit Per massimizzare il rapporto segnale rumore
158. 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat iore Ereset L P Filter Out Level Cancel EN Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Nu zijn alle instellingen opgeslagen in Preset 2 voorkeurpositie 2 De toets is ingedrukt om aan te geven dat het nu de laatst gebruikte preset is en de waarschuwing is verdwenen 20 Voorkeurposities Ingang Gebruik de radio toetsen om Mono of Stereo Input ingang te kiezen afhankelijk van de bron Een surround processor wordt normaal gesproken aangesloten op een van de Mono ingangen Wanneer u een andere bron voor stereo muziek wilt gebruiken verbind deze dan met de Stereo ingang Daar de beide kanalen in de subwoofer worden gecombineerd tot n is het niet belangrijk of links en rechts wel correct zijn verbonden DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings System EL Flat Impact Low Pass Filter Stored Presets Preset 2 Input System EQ Qut L P Filter Level Input Flat Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Ee L P Filter Level Cancel De eigenschappen van elke ingang zijn geconfigureerd als beschreven onder Global Set
159. 5 Hz Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins 14 SMS c gt FA 7 W 081 SubApp MX File Communications Help Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 dB 6 dB Dim Manual 0 de 0 dB C off Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a o nable 2 Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter Frequency Slope Us O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Gain 7 0dB
160. 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the DB1 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect a Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 2 XLR 3 5mm Fo 3 5mm RCA RCA RCA
161. 6 Hz 5 5 oE 0 Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level B amp W 22 Low Pass Filter Out 7
162. B RS 232 D RS 232 SubApp Global Settings Global Settings Woei SubApp Jo Communications Global Connect Setup Mono Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 x 6 dB 6 de Dim 2 Manual 5 0 dB 0 dg Q off O Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB O Auto Ga a E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 124 2 Normal 2 Normal 6 Ci O Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Ea Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O so 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 Bl Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins PS Connect Communications a Connect
163. Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp Program Operating Instructions Introduction This program will run under Windows 7 Vista and XP operating systems The bars down the left hand side of the text indicate the extent of each section or sub section up to 3 levels in different colours and an arrow indicates that the section continues on the following page Before using this program please read the main owner s manual supplied with the product This describes the features of the subwoofer and how to set it up using the menu based display and button interface on its front panel Apart from the Volume Trim feature the SubApp program duplicates all those setup capabilities but in a format that is easier to read and operate In addition the program allows you to e Add a name to any or all of the 5 presets for easier identification e For stereo applications select a custom pre designed low pass filter from a drop down list for some Bowers amp Wilkins models e Run the Room Compensation procedure Any changes you make to the settings are automatically fed back to the subwoofer and become audible The setup procedure is divided into three parts and should be undertaken in the following order 1 Room Compensation 2 Global Settings 3 Presets Each part may be accessed by selecting the appropriate tab Dei subApp LES File d Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity
164. E SARA L P Filter Level Cancel Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Si usted pulsara el bot n Disconnect Desconectar los nuevos ajustes serian descartados Puesto que la ltima Preselecci n a la que se accedi fue Preset 1 indicada por el bot n pulsado sus valores serian introducidos en los Ajustes Activos Supongamos que usted desea guardar los nuevos ajustes en Preset 2 Pulse el bot n Store Preset Guardar Preselecci n BEA E kinpo LFLF I PREP A LP LI WI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input Mona Q Stereo Level 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Stored Presets System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat O Flat O In L P Filter Out Impact out Level 0 a n 0 oo Preset 2 Input Mana L P Filter User EQ mm System EQ Flat Select preset storage location L P Filter Out 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 Level 0 FOR GT 5 5 5 ES lim 1 j Presek UK Input Pres System EQ amp i des En Preset 4 Preset 4 Input System EQ 10 10 3 L P Filter Level Store Preset b TT Cancel Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level 19 Bowers amp Wilkins Se desplegar una ventana con una lista de preselecciones Des
165. G 2 aansluiting van de subwoofer U doet dat door het kader Enabled geactiveerd te controleren en in de afrol menu s te kiezen tussen welke twee presets u wilt schakelen WB SubApp Jog File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby qe 6 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB dB Trigger 1 O 6 de O 6 dB Auto Polarity Polarity A Enabled 12V Preset Normal i Normal CO Inverted Inverted IN Low Pass Filter User el Slope Us O 12 dB 24 dB Frequency 25 Hz Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins AN Wanneer u Trigger 2 laat schakelen tussen twee Presets zijn de andere schakelmogelijkheden voor Presets niet beschikbaar 12 Globale Instellingen Ingangen Configureren U kunt de Mono en Stereo ingangen afzonderlijk configureren Voorbeeld u wilt een surround processor gebruiken voor films maar een afzonderlijke stereoversterker voor muziek In dat geval sluit u de Subwoofer of LFE uitgang van de processor aan op een van de Mono ingangen van de subwoofer en de stereoversterker op de Stereo ingang U kunt kiezen voor een symmetrische of een asymmetrische verbinding naar de Mono ingang Gebruik een van beide afhankelijk van de bron maar nooit beide Symmetrische verbindingen zijn minder gevoelig voor interferentie maar de bro
166. Haga clic en el caja de texto con el cursor del rat n y teclee el nombre Wobei SubApp Eje File Communications Help Ef x a Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat gt Mono O Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level Input Level User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Cut 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 6 5 5 5 9 5 zx DE elt LS EE Cal enl Preset 3 Dm System EQ Flat CJ 0 0 Om 0 0 L P Filter Out N a e e Level 0 n Preset 4 Input System EQ z up 10 4n 40 40 L P Filter Out Level 2 2 3 0 2 2 Preset 5 Input System EQ SE P es L P Filter Level Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins El nombre todavia no ha sido guardado por lo que aparece la advertencia not saved no guardado Guarde el nuevo nombre en Preset 2 pulsando en primer lugar Store Preset Guardar Preselecci n Puesto que Preset 2 se acaba de cargar todav a seguir estando resaltado en la ventana desplegable 26 DB1 SubApp a File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Preselecciones Nombre de las Preselecciones Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Pre
167. Hay cuatro maneras alternativas de conmutar el subwoofer entre los estados On Activado y de Espera Standby np subApp JI File Communications Help Ajustes Globales Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display 6 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 2 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled nable Normal Normal O Inverted Inverted Law Fass Filter User Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Ho e 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins El bot n on standby del panel frontal del subwoofer siempre funcionar Para utilizar un sistema de dom tica conectado al puerto RS 232 seleccione Manual Cuando sincronice el subwoofer con otro componente de audio utilizando un disparador de serial de 12 V seleccione Trigger 1 Circuito de Disparo 1 y conecte la salida para sefial de disparo de 12 V del componente de control a la entrada TRIG 1 del subwoofer con ayuda de un cable terminado con una mini clavija de 3 5 mm en sus dos extremos Para que el subwoofer est activado cuando se detecte una se al de audio en una de sus entradas y vuelva al modo de espera al cabo de un cierto tiempo sin presencia de sefial seleccione Auto 10 BW DB1 SubApp Jeg File Communications Help Global Setti
168. Hz O 24 dB 180 Speaker None Q 270 Bowers amp Wilkins Pode alterar esta op o para que o visor se apague completamente ao seleccionar a tecla Off Desligado Assim que pressionar qualquer uma das teclas do painel frontal do subwoofer o visor apresenta o brilho total e fica sempre brilhante quando utiliza o visor e as teclas no modo de configurac o Liga o Repouso Existem 4 formas alternativas de comutar o subwoofer entre os modos de funcionamento e de repouso W 081 subApp TES File Communications Help Ajustes Globais Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display 6 6 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual ode 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a nable Normal Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter Ll User ei Frequency Slope 07 O 12 dB 25 He 24 de Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins A tecla ligacao repouso no painel frontal do subwoofer est sempre activa Para usar um sistema de automac o dom stica ligada porta RS 232 seleccione Manual Quando sincroniza o subwoofer com outro equipamento de udio usando um controlo de 12V seleccione Trigger 1 Controlo 1 e ligue a sa da de 12V de controlo do equipamento entrada
169. L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins A window pops up with a list of presets Highlight Preset 2 and press the OK button 19 Presets Wb Subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In ns L PFilter Out Stereo Impact Out U__ Ter General procedure User EQ System EQ Impact 20H 26H 40H 56 H I z 2 z z z Level 2 3 0 2 j System EQ Flat 0 L P Filter Out Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mona System EQ Flat apie Preset L P Filter Out Level Cancel Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Now all the settings have been transferred to Preset 2 Its button is depressed to indicate it is now the last accessed preset and the warning has disappeared 20 Presets Input Use the radio buttons to select Mono or Stereo as appropriate to the source component A surround processor will normally be connected to one of the Mono inputs If you prefer to have a different source chain dedicated to stereo music use the Stereo inputs As the two channels are combined into one within the subwoofer you do not need to worry about getting the left and right channels the wrong way round Y 081 SubApp File Com
170. Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat 0 Mono Flat O In se L P Filter Gut O Stereo Impact 5 Out 7 u Level 0 Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ L P Filter 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset LP Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 Voreinstellungen Pegel Unter Level Pegel k nnen Sie die Balance zwischen dem Subwoofer und den Hauptlautsprechern den unterschiedlichen Anwendungen entsprechend abstimmen Ziehen Sie den Schieberegler mit der Maus oder klicken Sie auf den Regler und bewegen Sie ihn mit den Pfeiltasten DB1 SubApp Communications Help Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name C In Out Input Mona O Stereo System EL Flat O Impact User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level JOE Mono Flat Out 0 Mono F
171. Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EG Status Ho room EQ data loaded Room EQ configu Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters a mm II BI mm mm IO Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Quando forem efectuadas 8 medidas v lidas o programa calcula o filtro de correc o ideal Compensac o Acustica de Salas Bowers amp Wilkins Quando o processo estiver terminado a indica o Status Estado muda para Room EQ data loaded Dados de igualiza o de salas carregados indicando que a correc o necess ria foi aplicada ao subwoofer Ajustes Globais Visor Muitos utilizadores acham que um visor brilhante pode distrair principalmente quando se assiste reprodu o de um filme numa sala escura Por isso o visor no painel frontal do subwoofer configurado para reduzir o brilho cerca de 30 segundos ap s utilizar o conjunto de teclas conforme indicado pelo par metro Dim Atenuado escolhido por autom tico DB1 SubApp File Communications Help maxi Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity ET S Q 6 dB Q amp dB ode 0 dB O 6 dB RE O 6 dB Display On Standby Dim Manual Q off Trigger 1 3 Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 2 Normal o Normal CO Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter t User ei Frequency Phase Slope ot O 12 dB 25
172. Sensitivity Display On Standby A E 6 de 2 6 dB lt Dim Manual 0 de Trigger 1 6 dB Auto 30 min x j Automatically Select COM port Polarity a L Preset 1 Normal 3 TUN or O Inverted i M Preset 3 Low Pass Filter User m Frequency Phase Slope 8 0 O 12 dB I O 90 24 dB O 180 Speaker None 270 A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Automatically Select COM port COM COM Ta Room Compensation Room EQ EQ SubApp Audio Room EQ EQ In Sex DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable
173. Sensitivity O 6 de S O 6 de 0 dB ode 6 dB Sensitivity Display Polarity Normal O Inverted o Low Pass Filter User m Frequency Phase Slope Go O 12 de m so 2 24 dB O 180 Speaker None 270 A Disconnected c Automatically Select COM port a On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Auto 30 min L Preset 1 DN Preset 3 Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation Room EQ
174. Settings Presets Room Compe General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important mades providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions Room The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected you will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Cuanto menor sea el rea de escucha m s uniforme ser la respuesta obtenida aunque siempre se corre el peligro de que las cosas vayan peor fuera del rea definida Realizar mediciones a lo largo de la m s familiar rea de escucha asegura que se traten unica y exclusivamente los artefactos par sitos comunes en todas las posiciones en consecuencia aunque pueda haber menos correcci n en un rea mayor la respuesta siempre acaba siendo m s u
175. Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Presets Preset Name Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat O In Movies 1 Stereo Impact Out o Level User EQ ee one Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 5 5 i Preset 1 E kel Preset 2 i Preset 3 ke 0 0 0 Preset 4 D LH Preset 5 mim 10 10 10 2 2 3 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Cancel Press OK W DB1 subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact Mories User EQ 20 Hz 5 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 2 Store Preset Cancel Now the warning has disappeared the name is shown in Preset 2 and will also be displayed on the subwoofer s front panel display just below the preset number whenever Preset 2 is active 21 Store Preset Stored Presets Preset 1 zl be Preset A Preset Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out ee Level 2 Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins
176. Speaker Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity O 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Slope 12 dB 24 dB En caso contrario deje el ajuste en su posici n por defecto es decir Normal suyo invierte la se al usted tambi n deber ajustar la Polarity Polaridad del subwoofer en Inverted Invertida para Setting Display wi Dim C off Trigger 2 Enabled On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v UN Bowers amp Wilkins Si usted utiliza las mismas cajas ac sticas principales y los mismos amplificadores para los modos Mono y Est reo Stereo las correspondientes polaridades de entrada deber an ser las mismas Para ello utilice los botones resaltados en la pantalla superior 14 Ajustes Globales Configuraci n de Entradas Ganancia 1 0 1 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dg O off Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V Normal Mormal Inverted CO Inverted Uv Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 O 0 O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB 180 Speak
177. System ED Low Pass Filter Preset name I System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level 0 ooo 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mono Level User EQ Select preset storage location System EQ Flat L P Filter Out oo O B 0 6 5 5 5 i x 17 7 2 us Input 0 d SC 0 Pres System EQ L P Filter Preset 4 0 Preset 5 Level Preset 4 Input i System EL E 1 4n 10 L P Filter nt Level Store Preset os Cancel Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level A Active settings not saved to Preset E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Es ffnet sich ein Fenster mit der Liste der Presets Gehen Sie auf Preset 2 Voreinstellung 2 und dr cken Sie OK 19 Voreinstellungen Allgemeine Vorgehensweise np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out 7 U__ Ter User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz level System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Preset 4 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mono 10 2 System EQ Flat St F L P Filter Out Level
178. System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins SubApp XML File Save Save As File Open SubApp Fo Help Gain Sensitivity Ale EE Q 6 dB 0 dB OdB 6 dB 6 dB O j Polarity Polarity 2 Normal me lle 2 Normal Inverted 0 Inverted Low Pass Filter Speaker Frequency Phase 0 25 Hz 120 Hz 180 Speaker None w 270 Stereo Input Setup Setting Gain Display Dim O off Trigger Enabled Ba 0 Slope 12 dE 24 dB BER On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Q Auto 12 Preset 2 ly OY Preset1 Bowers amp Wilkins XML SubApp 28 Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp 702374 Windows 7 Vista XP
179. System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat O In Movies i Stereo Impact Out Level User EQ ee Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 5 5 SIE had Lo 0 i 2 Preset 4 CR Ap Ap 10 2 2 3 Preset 5 Store Preset 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Klicken Sie auf OK W DB1 subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Freset 1 Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact Mories User EQ 20 Hz 5 26 Hz 5 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 4 i Preset 3 0 Preset 4 Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel Jetzt verschwindet die Warnmeldung und unter Preset 2 erscheint der Name direkt unter der Preset Nummer angezeigt wenn Preset 2 aktiviert ist 21 Stored Presets Mono Flat Cut Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Mono 2 System EQ Impact L P Filter Out d Level e 2 O 2 Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Mono Flat Out Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ ni LP Filter O Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter L
180. TRIG 1 do subwoofer usando um cabo com ficha mini jack de 3 5mm em ambos os extremos Para que o subwoofer ligue quando detectado o sinal de udio numa entrada e volte ao modo de repouso ap s um tempo estabelecido depois da paragem do sinal seleccione Auto 10 W 061 subApp 4283 File Communications Help aa Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Ajustes Globais sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 dB e 6 dB i 5 Dim Manual ode 1 0 dB O off 6 dB 6 dB Liga o Repouso Trigger 2 Polarity E Polarity ai 2 E Fable Gei Normal Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter user ei Frequency J 25 Speaker Pode estabelecer o tempo de atraso no retorno ao modo de repouso a partir de uma lista do menu que aparece direita da indica o Auto Existe um pequeno atraso no comando por isso estabele a um atraso suficientemente longo para regresso ao modo de repouso para manter o subwoofer ligado durante um filme que apresente longas passagens com pouca energia de graves 11 Ajustes Globais Comutac o entre Pr selecc es Existem 3 formas de comuta o entre as v rias pr selec es programadas Pode aceder a todas as cinco pr selec es atrav s das teclas do painel frontal do subwoofer ou usar um sistema de automa o dom stica ligado porta RS 232 Pode ta
181. a o o utilizador ou uma combina o dos dois Por exemplo se existirem duas aplica es m sica e filmes e dois ouvintes regulares Martin Grange e Peter Wilson cada um com prefer ncia por ajustes diferentes poder usar quatro pr selec es com os nomes M sica MG Filmes MG M sica PW e Filmes PW Como exemplo vamos adicionar o nome Movies Filmes mem ria Preset 2 anteriormente configurada Seleccione a tecla Preset 2 Pr selec o 2 direita para carregar os valores na cadeia de udio que est a ser usada Fa a clic com o rato na caixa de texto e escreva o nome DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Gei Mona O Flat O In L P Filter Stereo Impact Out Level Input Mono Level User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Gut 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz E 5 5 5 5 5 al LE Preset 3 node System EQ Flat S de e L P Filter Out jj i La Level 0 T 0 T 0 Preset 4 Input System EQ 2 1 10 10 10 4n L P Filter Out Level 2 2 3 D 2 2 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Cancel Store Preset Bowers amp Wilkins O nome ainda n o foi guardado por isso aparece o aviso not saved n o guardado Guarde o
182. a ac stica de salas es la presencia de realces exagerados en frecuencias concretas por lo que usted puede reducir el nivel de salida del subwoofer en las bandas correspondientes con el fin de compensarlos No es una buena idea intentar realzar los nodos presentes en los modos propios de la sala Dichos nodos son causados por cancelaciones por lo que independientemente de la potencia que usted ponga en la sala el nivel percibido cambiar poco Por esta raz n y para evitar sobrecargas del sistema se dispone de un realce de s lo 5 dB en comparaci n con los 10 dB de corte 25 Nombre de las Preselecciones Preset Name Si lo desea puede poner un nombre a cualquier preselecci n para hacerla m s reconocible Dicho nombre puede tener un m ximo de 10 caracteres incluyendo espacios en blanco y describe la aplicaci n el usuario o una combinaci n de ambos Por ejemplo si hay dos aplicaciones musica music y pel culas movies y dos oyentes regulares Miguel Domingo y Dolores Cruz a los que les gustan ajustes distintos usted podr a tener cuatro preselecciones con nombres tales como Mus MD Pel MD Mus DC y Pel DC Preselecciones A modo de ejemplo vamos a anadir el nombre Movies Pel culas a la Preselecci n 2 que hemos configurado anteriormente Haga clic en el bot n Preset 2 Preselecci n 2 situado en la parte derecha para cargar sus valores en la cadena de audio que est siendo utilizada en ese momento
183. a continuaci n Utilice el cable con un conector XLR en un extremo y una mini clavija de 3 5 mm en el otro para conectar el micr fono a la entrada para i Ge micr fono de la tarjeta d sonido marcada como 4 Utilice el cable con una mini clavija de 3 5 mm en un extremo y un conector RCA en el otro para conectar la salida de l nea de la tarjeta de sonido marcada como a la entrada monof nica del subwoofer Aunque el programa incluye una rutina de supresi n del zumbido es preferible que el subwoofer sea conectado a masa con el resto del sistema de audio durante el procedimiento de mediciones ac sticas de la sala Si por regla general se utiliza la entrada RCA monof nica para conectar la fuente de se al usted puede conectar temporalmente el subwoofer a masa conectando el cable de se al de audio a una de las tomas de entrada estereof nicas con conectores RCA Cuando todo est conectado pulse OK para continuar Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P P Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Boo location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas Ahora se le solicitar que realice la primera de 8 mediciones Durante el proceso de medici n asegurese de que el micr fono se mantenga fijo en su lugar y qu
184. a de las que se indican en las caracteristicas t cnicas del mismo bajo el epigrafe Frequency Range Rango de Frecuencias Si no conoce el punto de corte a 6 dB de sus cajas ac sticas coja la frecuencia de corte inferior a 3 dB y multipliquela por 06 para los dise os con recinto herm tico y por 07 para los de tipo bass reflex para disponer de una aproximaci n suficientemente valida Si la se al por lo general monof nica que alimenta la entrada del subwoofer procede de un procesador de sonido envolvente incorporar ya todo el filtrado que usted pueda necesitar y por lo tanto no deberia utilizar el filtro paso bajo interno del subwoofer Cuando m s adelante configure las preselecciones durante el proceso de puesta a punto deberia ignorar los ajustes del citado filtro que en esta etapa hubiese podido establecer para un preamplificador estereof nico 17 Preselecciones Procedimiento General Pulse la etiqueta Presets Preselecciones para acceder a la siguiente p gina DB1 SubApp max File Comm Help Global Settir 4 Active Settings pom Compensation Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out O Stereo Impact 9 Qut Level a 00000 Preset 2 Input Mono Level User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 5 5 Exe 5 Ee Preset 3 Input Syst
185. a uma marca de confirma o Este o equivalente SubApp da escolha da op o In activo para o par metro Room EQ Igualiza o de Salas no menu Audio do Interface Gr fico de Utilizador no painel frontal do subwoofer W 081 subApp Jota File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Mo room EQ data loaded Room EO configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Insira a placa de som USB SC 01 numa tomada USB vaga do seu computador se n o o processo n o ter in cio em seguida pressione a tecla Launch Room Compensation Routine Iniciar Rotina de Compensac o de Salas Compensac o Acustica de Salas M MM M Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P P General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions Room The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected you will be prompted to take another one to replace
186. abled 12 Normal Normal 6 6 Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Phase Slope 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O so 2 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Selezionare alla voce Slope Pendenza 12 dB se i vostri diffusori sono chiusi sospensione pneumatica o assimilabili 24 dB se invece di tipo aperto bass reflex Come indicazione di massima selezionare alla voce Phase Fase 180 se possedete diffusori chiusi sospensione pneumatica o assimilabili 0 se invece sono di tipo aperto bass reflex La regolazione della fase dipende in larga parte dalla posizione dei diffusori e potr richiedere un ulteriore aggiustamento su posizioni intermedie successivamente Regolare Frequency Frequenza d Incrocio tramite il cursore scorrevole in funzione del limite inferiore a 6 dB dei vostri diffusori rilevato nelle specifiche tecniche Nel caso di modelli Bowers amp Wilkins questo dato si trova alla voce gamma di frequenze o frequency range Se tra le specifiche dei vostri diffusori non viene dichiarato il dato a 6 dB potete ottenere un valore molto prossimo a quello richiesto prendendo il limite inferiore della risposta in frequenza rilevata a 3 dB moltiplicato per 0 6 se si tratta di diffusori chiusi oppure 0 7 per quelli aperti o bass reflex Se invece viene utilizzato un processore surround collegato presumibilmente ad uno degli ingressi mono il filtro passa basso gi inserito a
187. aded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Insert the SC 01 USB sound card in a vacant USB socket of your computer otherwise the procedure will not start then press the Launch Room Compensation Routine button Room Compensation Global Settings Presets Room Compe Room Disconnect E Connected There are on screen instructions to guide you through the process The smaller the listening area the more uniform the response may the danger that things may be made worse outside the defined area Measuring throughout the likely listening area ensures that only artefacts common to all positions are addressed and consequently although there may be less be rendered but there is always Room Compensation Setup General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected vou will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement posit
188. afrolmenu in de sectie Low Pass Filter laagdoorlaat filter Kijk dan in het onderste afrolmenu om te zien of uw luidsprekers daar staan vermeld De drie parameters Frequency frequentie Phase fase en Slope helling worden uitgeschakeld 16 Globale Instellingen Laagdoorlaat Filter Wanneer uw luidsprekers niet in het overzicht staan of niet van Bowers amp Wilkins zijn kiest u User gebruiker in het bovenste afrolmenu en u stelt de drie parameters zelf in np SubApp MX File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby B t 6 dB 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB C Auto O 0 1 J Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12v 2 Normal 2 Normal h 2 chy Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Phase Slope 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz Os ONE O 180 Speaker e Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Zet de Slope helling op 12 dB wanneer uw hoofdluidsprekers gesloten typen zijn of op 24 dB wanneer het open of reflex typen zijn Zet aanvankelijk Phase fase op 180 wanneer uw luidsprekers gesloten systemen zijnen op 0 bij open of basreflex systemen De fase wordt beinvloed door de onderlinge positie van de luidsprekers en dienen later in de procedure wellicht nog te worden gecorrigeerd Zet de Frequency
189. ait Starting measurement engine please wait Bowers amp Wilkins vous serez invit connecter le reste du mat riel de mesure Compensation de Piece Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe p p The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1 B amp W SC 01 USB Sound Card 1x Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Room Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput gt 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the DB1 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Connectez les deux c bles restant comme suit Utilisez le c ble avec un connecteur XLR une extr mit et une prise mini jack 3 5 mm l autre pour connecter le microphone l entr e microphone de la carte son marqu Utilisez le c ble avec une prise mini jack 3 5 mm une extr mit et une prise RCA l autre pour connecter la ligne de prise de sortie de la carte son marqu l entr e mono du caisson de basses Bien que le programme integre la r jection de bruit il est pr f rable que le caisson de basses soit reli la masse du systeme audio
190. al 2 Normal S B L Inverted 0 L 3 Inverted Low Fass Filter User v Frequency Phase Slope J 80 ON 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz O 90 24 de 180 Speaker Gap Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins A Compensa o de sala opcional e requer a utiliza o do microfone placa de som e cabos fornecidos com o subwoofer Os Ajustes globais s o aplic veis em todas as situa es As pr selec es permitem lhe seleccionar diferentes par metros para diferentes aplica es por exemplo m sica filmes ou jogos ou para apresentar diferentes ajustes para diferentes utilizadores Quaisquer altera es efectuadas atrav s do programa SubApp tamb m s o mostradas quando aceder posteriormente ao menu de configura o do painel frontal do subwoofer Colocacao em funcionamento Coloque o subwoofer na sala conforme pretendido Efectue todas as liga es aos outros equipamentos de udio mas n o a qualquer sistema de automa o dom stica que use a porta RS232 Ligue a porta USB do computador a entrada RS232 do subwoofer atraves do cabo fornecido Em alternativa se o seu computador apresentar uma liga o s rie por tomada D pode efectuar a liga o directa porta RS232 do subwoofer usando um cabo adaptador dos existentes no mercado Ligue o subwoofer rede de alimenta o Inicie o programa SubApp no PC Este abre se na p gina Ajuste Globais Global Settings WDB1 SubApr Rex F
191. alle ingangsgevoeligheden en de versterking op 0 dB gezet om de subwoofer de standaard THX gevoeligheid van 109 dB SPL op 1 m te geven bij een ingangsspanning van 1 V RMS Wanneer de LED op de subwoofer rood knippert bij luide pieken geeft dat aan dat de ingang overstuurd is In dat geval gebruikt u een ingangsgevoeligheid die n stap lager ligt en u verhoogt de versterking van de subwoofer met 6 dB om de subwoofer en de hoofd luidsprekers weer in balans te brengen 13 Globale Instellingen Configuring Inputs Polariteit Controleer de polariteit van de versterkers die u gebruikt voor uw hoofd luidsprekers in de technische gegevens Tegenwoordig komen inverterende versterkers niet zo vaak meer voor maar ze zijn er wel en wanneer het ingangssignaal wordt omgekeerd dient u ook de subwoofer Polarity polariteit op Inverted geinverteerd omgekeerd te zetten In alle andere gevallen laat u de standaard instelling Normal normaal staan W 061 SubApp File Communications Global Settings Presets Mono Input 5etup Sensitivity O 6 dB 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User el Frequency Room Compensation 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 de 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Slope 12 dB 24 dB Setting Display Wi Dim C off Trigger 2 Enabled On Standby
192. amen Artefakte berechnet werden stellen Sie sicher dass der Frequenzgang innerhalb des festgelegten Bereichs einheitlicher wird obwohl ber einen gr eren Bereich weniger Korrekturen vorgenommen werden Die Berechnungen werden automatisch also ohne Eingreifen des Nutzers ausgef hrt Dr cken Sie OK um fortzufahren E Dei subApp Ja E File Communications Help Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Please wait Room EQ configu Starting measurement engine please wait o o ll jJ DM Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Es kann abh ngig von der Geschwindigkeit Ihres Computers einige Zeit dauern bevor die Messung beginnt Ist sie abgeschlossen so werden Sie aufgefordert die brige Hardware f r die Messung anzuschlie en Anpassung an die Raumakustik Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1x B amp W 5 01 USB Sound Card 1x Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Room Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input Ki 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the 5 01 line ouput gt 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the DB1 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when t
193. ammen Der symmetrische Anschluss bietet einen gr eren Schutz gegen Interferenzen jedoch muss auch die Quellkomponente einen symmetrischen Ausgang besitzen Verbinden Sie den unsymmetrischen Ausgang der Quellkomponente nicht mit dem symmetrischen Eingang am Subwoofer und umgekehrt F r jeden der Eing nge sind die folgenden drei Parameter zu ber cksichtigen Sensitivity Empfindlichkeit Polarity Polarit t Gain Verst rkung In allen F llen sind Sie die beiden ersten Parameter von Bedeutung Gain h ngt von der jeweiligen Quellkomponente ab Empfindlichkeit Um den Ger uschspannungsabstand zu maximieren stellen Sie zun chst unter Sensitivity die Empfindlichkeit der Eing nge ein die Sie zur Anpassung an den nominalen Ausgangspegel der angeschlossenen Quellkomponente nutzen werden DB1 Subapp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation anut Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 6 dB O 6 de wi Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 6 de O 6 dB Auto D kel 0 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity 2 Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 Dv d ry _ Inverted 0 2 Inverted Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz C2 90 24 dB 180 Speaker 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Den Ausgangspegel der Quellkompon
194. and all gains are set by default to OdB in order give the subwoofer the THX standard sensitivity of 109dB spl at 1m for an input of 1V rms If the LED on the subwoofer flashes red on loud peaks this indicates input overload In that case use the next lower sensitivity setting and raise the subwoofer s gain by 6dB to balance the subwoofer to your main speakers once again 13 Global Settings Configuring Inputs Polarity Check the polarity of the amplifiers feeding your main speakers from their specifications It is very rare to find inverting amplifiers these days but they do exist and if yours invert the signal you must also invert the subwoofer polarity to match Otherwise leave the setting at the default Normal Los SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de ZI O 6 dB i Dim Manual I 6 0 de i O off Trigger 1 5 0 de O 6 dB ll ES O Auto 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity E Enabled nable Polarity Normal Sch k Normal O Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User hd Frei Phase Slope J Oo O 12 dB m 90 24 dB O 180 Speaker None 270 Frequency 25 Hz D connected Bowers amp Wilkins If you use the same main speakers and amplifiers for Mono and Stereo both input polarities must be set
195. and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected vou will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ju mindre lyssningsomr det r desto mer enhetlig kan responsen bli men det finns alltid en risk att ljudet kan bli s mre utanf r omr det Genom att m ta i ett st rre lyssningsomr de ser du till att problem som finns p alla platser r ttas till vilket inneb r att ven om kompensationen kan bli mindre responsen alltid blir mer enhetlig inom detta omr de Ber kningsprocessen r helt automatisk och du beh ver inte g ra n gonting Forts tt genom att klicka p OK 1 DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ
196. ar a verde y la leyenda del bot n cambiar a Disconnect Desconectar Aparecer una marca de confirmaci n a la izquierda del objeto de menu Connect El programa lee importa y visualiza los ajustes actuales del subwoofer que anulan cualquier otra configuraci n ya mostrada en el SubApp Cuando el programa es utilizado por vez primera los ajustes por defecto se importar n tal y como se muestra en la pantalla superior Si ya se est utilizando un puerto COM para otra aplicaci n es posible que el SubApp muestre una indicaci n de error si intenta acceder a dicho puerto Si aparece en pantalla un mensaje de error de este tipo usted puede forzar al SubApp a que se conecte al puerto particular conectado al subwoofer seleccionando en primer lugar Communications y a continuaci n Setup en el men de configuraci n Puesta en Marcha Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity O 6 de O 6 de D dB D dE O 6 dB i Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User m Frequency Phase Oo 90 180 Speaker None 270 25 Hz A Disconnected Setting Display Slope 12 dB 24 dB On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Auto 30 min L Preset 1 DN Preset 2 Bowers amp Wilkins Deseleccione la caja Automatically Select COM port Seleccionar Autom ticamente puerto COM y a continuaci n seleccione el puerto COM de la lista desplega
197. ar ajustes en un ordenador Todos los ajustes del Sub App pueden ser guardados en su ordenador como un archivo XML recomendamos que ello se realice como copia de seguridad Seleccione File Archivo y a continuaci n Save Guardar o Save As Guardar Como para guardar sus ajustes y Open Abrir para recuperarlos en el SubApp Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de E Dim Manual 0 dB I ES 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB ale O 6 dB O Auto 3 Trigger 2 Polarity E Polarity E Enabled 12V Preset 2 Normal Normal Inverted O Inverted UN Preset 1 EN Low Pass Filter speaker w Frequency Speaker None D connected Bowers amp Wilkins N Si mientras el subwoofer est conectado usted abre un archivo XML previamente guardado los ajustes contenidos en este ultimo ser n inmediatamente cargados en el subwoofer por lo que deberia asegurarse de que realmente desea hacer esto antes de abrir un archivo Observe que en el SubApp no existe la opci n deshacer 28 Bowers amp Wilkins Programa SubApp para DB1 Instru es de Utiliza o Introdu o Este programa corre nos sistemas operativos Windows 7 Vista e XP As barras esquerda do texto indicam a extens o de cada cap tulo ou subcap tulo at 3 n veis de cores diferentes e uma seta indica que a sec o continua na p gina seguinte
198. ble to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the 081 subwoofer MONO input RCA phano connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Collegare i due cavi forniti in dotazione al sub come segue utilizzare il cavo con connettore XLR ad un capo e mini jack da 3 5 mm all altro per collegare il microfono al corrispondente ingresso della scheda audio SC 01 marcato A Utilizzare il cavo con mini jack da 3 5 mm ad un lato e connettore RCA all altro per collegare la presa d uscita della scheda audio SC 01 identificata da all ingresso mono del subwoofer II software prevede un algoritmo per la riduzione dei disturbi di massa cio non ostante preferibile che la massa elettrica del subwoofer rimanga collegata a quella dell impianto principale durante le misurazioni per la correzione ambientale Se il componente sorgente connesso attraverso l ingresso mono RCA togliendo lo spinotto per far posto al cavo della scheda audio si interrompe il collegamento a massa Per ristabilirlo si consiglia di inserire temporaneamente lo spinotto del cavo proveniente dal componente sorgent
199. ble Compensaci n Acustica de Salas Recomendamos realizar este procedimiento en primer lugar puesto que es muy posible que afecte a los ajustes manuales que usted elija No obstante si usted ya ha cambiado los ajustes Global o Preset esto ya no es relevante porque el procedimiento en cuesti n evita dichos ajustes durante la realizaci n de medidas En cualquier caso una vez completado el procedimiento de Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas usted necesitar realizar de nuevo algunos si no todos los ajustes manuales Haga clic en la etiqueta Room Compensation Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas y aseg rese de que en la caja Room EQ Ecualizaci n de Salas haya una marca de confirmaci n Se trata del equivalente en el SubApp de Room EQ Ecualizaci n de Salas ajustado en In Activado en el men Audio del panel de visualizaci n frontal del subwoofer JE DB1 subApp Mel File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Inserte la tarjeta de sonido USB SC 01 en un puerto USB libre de su ordenador ya que en caso contrario el procedimiento no se pondr en marcha y a continuaci n pulse Launch Room Compensation Routine Iniciar Rutina de Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas Room Compensation Setu Global
200. by na een vaste tijd na het wegvallen van het signaal kiest u Auto 10 In Standby Globale Instellingen ME 1 SubApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby B 6 6 dB 6 de Dim Manual 0 dE ct 0 dB O off 6 dB LE 6 dB 5 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a nable 2 Normal Si E 2 Normal O Inverted C Inverted Low Pass Filter ur Frequency 25 Hz Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins U kunt de tijd waarna op standby moet worden overgegaan instellen in minuten via het afrolmenu rechts van het item Auto Er is een korte vertraging bij het inschakelen het is daarom belangrijk de vertragingstijd lang genoeg te kiezen om te voorkomen dat de subwoofer wordt uitgeschakeld bij films met lange passages zonder lage frequenties 11 Globale Instellingen Schakelen tussen voorkeurinstellingen U kunt op drie manieren schakelen tussen de voorgeprogrammeerde voorkeurinstellingen presets Alle vijf voorkeurinstellingen zijn toegankelijk via de toetsen op het frontpaneel van de subwoofer of via een home automation systeem dat is aangesloten op de RS 232 poort Ook kunt u schakelen tussen twee voorkeurposities via een 12 V trigger van een andere audiocomponent die is aangesloten op de TRI
201. ceintes principales sont des mod les Bowers amp Wilkins s lectionnez d abord Speaker Enceintes dans le menu deroulant se situant dans la section Low Pass Filter Filtre Passe Bas Ensuite examinez la liste qui se trouve dans le menu pour savoir si vos enceintes y sont r pertori es Si elles le sont il suffit de selectionner le modele ad quat Les trois parametres Frequency Frequence Phase et Slope Pente sont alors d sactiv s 16 L Param tres G Filtre Passe Bas Si vos enceintes ne sont pas repr sent es ou s il ne s agit pas de mod les Bowers amp Wilkins s lectionnez User Utilisateur dans le menu d roulant et ajustez les trois param tres manuellement Wr Dei subApp LODE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby B amp t 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB Ode O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto DG 0 63 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12 Normal Normal 6 6 Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Phase Slope 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz so e 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ajustez Slope Pente 12dB si vos enceintes principales sont de conception close ou 24dB s il s agit de modeles quip es d vent ou bass reflex Ensuite choi
202. chen denen Sie hin und her schalten m chten 081 subApp MX File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 6 FA O 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual 0 de 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto 0 63 bet Polarity Polarity ei E Enabled 12 PresetZ 2 Normal 2 Normal E _ O Inverted T O Inverted 0 Uv Preset 1 i Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Phase Slope Up 30 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker None Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Aktivieren Sie Trigger 2 zum Umschalten zwischen zwei Presets so sind alle anderen Preset Umschaltm glichkeiten deaktiviert 12 Globale Einstellungen Konfigurieren der Eing nge Sie k nnen die Mono und Stereo Eing nge unabh ngig voneinander konfigurieren Vielleicht m chten Sie beispielsweise f r Filme einen Surround Prozessor einsetzen und f r Musik einen separaten Stereo Vorverst rker In diesem Fall k nnen Sie den Subwoofer oder LFE Ausgang des Prozessors an einen Mono Eingang des Subwoofers und einen Stereo Vorverst rker an die Stereo Eing nge anschlie en F r die Mono Verbindung steht sowohl ein symmetrischer als auch ein unsymmetrischer Eingang zur Verf gung Nutzen Sie abh ngig von der Komponente einen der beiden aber nicht beide zus
203. ciones Presets Puede accederse a cada parte seleccionando la etiqueta apropiada E 081 SubApp me x File Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display n Standby 6 x 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual n dg O off O Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB C Auto 0 L J DLG Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 17 Normal Normal 3 E 6 Dv C Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User y Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz sa 24 dB C 180 Speaker O 270 E Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins La Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas es opcional y requiere el uso del micr fono la tarjeta de sonido y los cables suministrados con el subwoofer Los Ajustes Globales son v lidos para todas las aplicaciones Las Preselecciones le permiten especificar ajustes diferentes para distintas aplicaciones m sica pel culas o videojuegos o tener ajustes distintos para diferentes usuarios Todos los cambios que realice con el programa SubApp tambi n ser n mostrados con posterioridad cuando usted acceda al panel frontal de configuraci n del subwoofer Puesta en Marcha Coloque el subwoofer en la sala en funci n de sus necesidades Realice todas las conexiones al resto de componentes de audio del equipo aunque no a ningun sistema de dom tica que utilice el puerto RS 232 Conecte un puerto USB del orde
204. ctado a la toma TRIG 2 del subwoofer Para hacer esto compruebe la caja Enabled Habilitada y seleccione dos preselecciones entre las que desee conmutar en los men s desplegables WB SubApp Jas File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display Un Standby O 6 dB SEIS O 6 de Dim Manual 5 0 dB Ode Trigger 1 O 6 dB 6 de C Auto Polarity Polarity Enabled 12 Preset2 w i Normal Normal LO m CO Inverted Inverted IN Low Pass Filter User el Frequency Slope Us O 12 dB 25 Hz 9 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Si usted habilita Trigger 2 para que pueda conmutar entre dos preselecciones el resto de m todos de preselecci n ser n desactivados 12 Configuraci n de Entradas Usted puede configurar por separado las entradas Mono y Stereo Stereo Por ejemplo es posible que quiera utilizar un procesador de sonido envolvente para pel culas y un preamplificador estereof nico separado para m sica En este caso a usted le interesar a conectar la salida de Subwoofer o LFE del procesador a una de las entradas Mono del subwoofer y el preamplificador estereof nico a las entradas Stereo Ajustes Globales Para la entrada Mono tiene la posibilidad de elegir entre conexi n balanceada y no balanceada Utilice una u otra en funci n de la fuente
205. d the Active Settings are shown in the default state The Mono input is selected The pre configured System EQ is flat The Low Pass Filter is out of circuit No preset has been given a name All levels are set to OdB It is important to understand that the Active Settings may not correspond with any of the presets All changes are made to the Active Settings and are immediately audible but unless the new settings are manually saved to one of the five presets they may be lost This allows you to try out some new settings without having to overwrite any of the presets all of which may have been previously configured If you have made changes since last loading or saving a preset a warning message appears When using the subwoofer s front panel setup menu the equivalent warning is that the coloured highlight outline becomes red instead of blue As an example to illustrate the procedure the next picture shows that Impact System EQ has been selected and that the Level and User EQ settings have been changed All these changes have been fed to the subwoofer and can be heard but the Presets remain unchanged The warning message is highlighted 18 Presets General procedure DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EQ Flat Impact Pr
206. d to Preset Aktiva inst llningar inte sparade som f rinst llning N r du anv nder inst llningsmenyn p subbasens front visas motsvarande varning genom att markeringen blir r d i st llet f r bl Som ett exempel p hur proceduren fungerar visar n sta bild att inst llningen System EQ har v rdet Impact ffekt och inst llningarna Level Niv och User EQ Anv ndar EQ har ndrats Alla dessa ndringar har verf rts till subbasen och kan h ras men f rinst llningen r of r ndrad Varningsmeddelandet visas 18 F rinst llningar Anv ndning nen subapp Vo File Communications Help Global Settings Fresets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Inpuf Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo gt Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz ie 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Om du skulle klicka pa Disconnect Koppla fran har sa skulle de nya inst llningarna f rsvinna Eftersom den senaste aktiverade f rinst llningen var Preset 1 F rinst llning 1 vilket syns pa att dess knapp ar intryckt skulle dess v rden v ljas
207. dans le Preset 2 Le bouton est enfonc pour indiquer qu il a t utilis comme dernier pr r glage et l avertissement a disparu Pr r glages Entr e Utilisez les boutons radio pour s lectionner l entr e Input Entr e Mono ou St r o appropri e selon la source Un processeur surround sera normalement connect une des entr es Mono Si vous souhaitez dispose d une source diff rente pour le syst me d di e la musique en st r o utiliser les entr es st r o Comme les deux canaux sont au final combin s en un seul au sein du caisson de basse vous n avez donc pas besoin de savoir s il s agit des canaux gauche et droit DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input dias System EQ Flat Flat In L PFilter Out Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Ee L P Filter Level Cancel Les propri t s de chaque entr e sont configur s comme d crit ci dessus dans Parametres G n raux 21 Pr r glages Egalisation Systeme Pour System EQ Egalisation systeme il y a le choix entre Flat Plat et Impact Y 061
208. data loaded Please wait Room EQ configu Starting measurement engine please wait Ja Bowers amp Wilkins Det kan ta lite tid att starta m tningsprocessen beroende p din dators hastighet N r den r klar blir du ombedd att ansluta resten av m tutrustningen Rumskompensation Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P P The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1 SC 01 USB Sound Card 1x Microphone cable to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Room Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the 081 subwoofer MONO input RCA phano connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Anslut de tv kvarvarande kablarna s h r Anv nd kabeln med en XLR kontakt i enda nden och en 3 5 millimeters minijack kontakt i den andra f r att koppla in mikrofonen till mikrofoning ngen p ljudkortet Ing ngen r markt Anv nd kabeln med en 3 5 millimeters minijack kontakt i ena nden och en RCA kontakt i den andra f r att koppla in linjeutg ngen p ljudkortet markt till monoing ngen p subbasen ven om programmet eli
209. de tener que guardarlos en las preselecciones ya configuradas Si decide introducir cambios despu s de haber cargado o guardado una determinada preselecci n aparecer en pantalla el siguiente mensaje de advertencia Active Settings not saved to Preset Ajustes Activos no guardados en ninguna Preselecci n Cuando utilice el men de configuraci n del panel frontal del subwoofer la citada advertencia aparecer en la forma de un cambio a color rojo en vez de azul del texto destacado A modo de ejemplo para ilustrar el procedimiento la siguiente imagen muestra que se ha seleccionado Impact System EQ Ecualizaci n de Sistema Impacto y se han modificado los ajustes Level Nivel y User EQ Ecualizaci n de Usuario Todos estos cambios han sido introducidos en el subwoofer y pueden ser o dos pero las Preselecciones permanecen sin modificar El mensaje de advertencia es resaltado 18 Preselecciones Procedimiento General BW DB1 SubApp mex File Communications Help 1 Active Settings Input Mono Stereo Stored Presets System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat O Flat O In L P Filter Out 9 Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz ie 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P
210. deux applications de la musique et les films et deux auditeurs r guliers Michel Dupont et Pierre Leclerc qui aiment chacun des param tres diff rents vous pourriez avoir avec quatre pr r glages Musique MD Films MD Musique PL et Films PL titre d exemple nous allons ajouter le nom de Movies Films pour le pr r glage 2 que nous avons configur pr c demment AN N utilisez pas les accents Ils ne sont pas affich s car l cran utilis n est pas compatible Cliquez sur le bouton Preset 2 droite pour charger ses valeurs dans le systeme Cliquez avec le curseur de la souris dans la zone de texte et tapez le nom np subApp JOE File Communications Help IL EE n Global Settings Presets Boom Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out JON Input Level User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 2 SI 5 8 5 5 E Se e T LJ LJ Preset 3 D System EQ Flat it 0 9 ott 0 De L P Filter Out y ii LJ Level oo 0 nn Preset 4 Input System EQ 6 0 o 10 10 10 L P Filter Level 2 2 3 D 2 2 Preset 5 Input System EQ Sk F t IRR L P Filter Level Cancel 4 Active se
211. dicar que foi agora a ltima pr selec o a ser acedida e o aviso desapareceu 20 Pr selec es Entrada Use as teclas de op o para a entrada Input Mono ou Stereo conforme adequado fonte usada Um processador surround ser normalmente ligado a uma das entradas Mono Se preferir uma fonte diferente dedicada m sica est reo use as entradas Stereo Uma vez que os dois canais de entrada s o combinados num s no interior do subwoofer n o tem de se preocupar sobre a liga o dos dois tomada adequada DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Flat O In O Impact 5 QUE User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level 0 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins As propriedades de cada entrada s o configuradas conforme descrito acima em Par metros Globais 21 Pr selecc es Igualiza o de sistema Para System EQ Igualizac o de sistema existe uma op o de escolha entre Flat plano e Impact impacto DB1 SubA
212. die nderungen im Wert sofort in dem rechteckigen K stchen unten am Schieberegler angezeigt Die bertragung zum Subwoofer erfolgt allerdings erst wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen Nutzen Sie das Room Compensation Feature nicht k nnen entsprechende Einstellungen unter User EQ Nutzer EQ dabei helfen Raummoden in den Griff zu bekommen Besonders problematisch sind in der Raumakustik diskrete Resonanzfrequenzen da sie auff lliger mehrere gleichm ig im Spektrum verteilte Resonanzen sind Um ihnen entgegenzuwirken k nnen Sie den Ausgangspegel des Subwoofers in diesen Frequenzb ndern reduzieren Um einer berlastung des Systems vorzubeugen ist nur eine Verst rkung von bis zu 5 dB und nicht bis zu 10 dB m glich 25 Namen f r die Presets hinzuf gen Sie k nnen die Presets zur genaueren Kennzeichnung mit einem Namen versehen Der Name kann einschlie lich Leerstellen bis zu 10 Zeichen lang sein Er kann die Anwendung einen bestimmten H rer oder die Kombination von beiden benennen Haben Sie beispielsweise zwei Anwendungsgebiete Musik und Film sowie zwei regelm ige H rer Martin Grange und Peter Wilson von denen jeder unterschiedliche Einstellungen bevorzugt so k nnen Sie vier Presets die Namen Musik MG Filme MG Musik PW und Filme PW geben Voreinstellungen F gen wir beispielsweise den Namen Movies Filme Preset 2 hinzu den wir zuvor konfiguriert haben Klicken Sie auf Preset 2 Voreinstellung 2 rechts um
213. die Wahl zwischen Flat linear und Impact nicht linear 081 SubApp Log File Communications Help Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input Mono Mono Flat Q In LP Filter Out Stereo Impact 2 out Level Preset z Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Geus 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 Preset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset L P Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Flat erkl rt sich von selbst und ist der theoretisch korrekte Frequenzgang Dies ist die erste Wahl f r die Wiedergabe von Musik Filme sind unterschiedlich Besondere Klangeffekte k nnen die H rerfahrung bereichern Wir haben die Programmierung so vorgenommen dass die Spezialeffekte in Filme noch einmal besonders zur Geltung kommen Die Einstellung Impact kann auch f r Spiele erste Wahl sein 22 Voreinstellungen Tiefpassfilter Ist die Quellkomponente ein Surround Prozessor so ben tigen Sie kein Filter W hlen Sie in diesem Fall die Einstellung Out Aus W hlen Sie In Ein wenn die Quelle ein Stereo Vorverst rker ist Konfigurieren Sie das Filter so wie unter Low Pass Filter Global Settings beschrieben WDB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings
214. do 15 Ajustes Globales Filtro Paso Bajo Si est utilizando un preamplificador estereof nico para alimentar las entradas Stereo necesitar ajustar el filtro paso bajo del subwoofer para nivelarlo con la frecuencia de corte inferior de sus cajas ac sticas principales y conseguir de este modo una integraci n sin fisuras con las mismas 1 061 SubApp Dog File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 dB i O 6 d Dim Manual ode 0 dB O off O Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity O D Enabled 12 Preset 2 vl Normal Normal O Inverted Inverted UN Preset 1 speaker Frequency Hone 800 Diamond 802 Diamond 803 Diamond Disconnectl 804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 Si sus cajas ac sticas principales son Bowers amp Wilkins seleccione en primer lugar Speaker Caja Ac stica en la lista desplegable que figura en la secci n Low Pass Filter Filtro Paso Bajo A continuaci n eche un vistazo en la zona inferior de dicha lista para ver si sus cajas aparecen en la misma En caso afirmativo basta con que seleccione el modelo correcto A continuaci n los par metros Frequency Frecuencia Phase Fase y Slope Pendiente de Corte ser n desactivados 16 Ajustes Globales
215. e D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Si vous ouvrez un fichier XML enregistr pr c demment alors que le caisson de basses est connect les param tres du fichier IN seront charges immediatement dans le caisson de basses par cons quent soyez bien s r que c est cela que vous voulez avant d ouvrir le fichier Notez qu il n y a pas de fonction Undo dans SubApp 28 Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp Programm Bedienungsanleitung Einleitung Dieses Programm l uft mit den Betriebssystemen Windows 7 Vista und XP Die Linien links neben dem Text geben an wie weit die einzelnen Abschnitte oder Unterabschnitte bis zu 3 Ebenen in unterschiedlichen Farben reichen Ein Pfeil zeigt an dass der Abschnitt auf der folgenden Seite fortgesetzt wird Bevor Sie dieses Programm verwenden lesen Sie bitte die dem Produkt beiliegende Haupt Bedienungsanleitung In dieser werden die Ausstattungsmerkmale des Subwoofers beschrieben und wie Sie beim Setup ber das men gef hrte Display und die Tasten an der Ger tefront vorgehen m ssen Mit Ausnahme von Volume Trim werden alle Setup Features vom SubApp Programm dupliziert jedoch in einem Format das einfacher zu lesen und zu bedienen ist Zus tzlich k nnen Sie mit dem Programm e einigen oder allen 5 Presets Voreinstellungen zur genaueren Kennzeichnung einen Namen hinzuf gen e in Stereo Anwendungen f r einige Bowers amp Wilkins Modelle aus einer Dropdown Liste ein vor
216. e Communications Globali Connect Setup Mono Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby E 5 O 6 de 6 de Dim Manual Dn dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto O Lad 0 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity e E Enabled 12V Normal 2 Normal 6 DM Inverted 0 CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 dE 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker 270 Bl Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins PS Pressione a tecla Ligac o Connect na parte inferior esquerda do ecr ou seleccione Communications e em seguida Connect no menu O programa ir procurar em todas as portas de comunicac es COM at encontrar o subwoofer Se o subwoofer estiver em modo de repouso o programa liga o automaticamente Quando a ligac o efectuada o quadrado vermelho passa a verde e a legenda inferior muda para Disconnect Desligar Uma marca de confirma o ser colocada esquerda da indica o Connect do menu O programa l importa e apresenta os ajustes actuais do subwoofer que anulam quaisquer outras op es j apresentadas em SubApp Quando utilizado pela primeira vez as configura es padr o ser o importadas como indicado acima Se j est a ser usada uma porta COM para outra aplica o poss vel que o SubApp apresente uma informa o de erro ao tentar aceder a essa porta Se aparecer
217. e ad uno degli ingressi stereo Terminati i collegamenti premere OK per continuare Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P P Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Ga location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Correzione Ambientale Viene ora richiesto di effettuare la prima delle 8 misurazioni durante le quali il microfono dovra essere mantenuto fermo e la stanza in silenzio Scegliere 8 diverse posizioni del microfono per coprire in maniera uniforme l area d ascolto approssimativamente all altezza dell orecchio dell ascoltatore Se una delle rilevazioni non dovesse raccogliere dati sufficienti o validi per esempio a causa di eccessivo rumore di fondo vi sar chiesto di ripeterla Una volta posizionato il microfono premere il tasto OK per avviare la misurazione DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Durante l esecuzione della misura appare una nuova piccola finestra con lo stato di avanzamento delle operazioni e si sentira un suono di frequenza via via crescente W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Roo
218. e apparait en surbrillance 18 Pr r glages n ra Proc dure G WDB1 SubApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Inpuf Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo gt Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz ie 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EL Store P SE L P Filter Level Cancel Si vous appuyez sur Disconnect D connexion ce moment les nouveaux param tres ne seraient pas sauvegard s Comme la derni re fois vous avez utilis le Preset 1 comme indiqu par le bouton enfonc ce sont ces valeurs qui seraient alors sauvegard s comme parametres actifs Supposons que vous souhaitiez enregistrer ces nouveaux parametres dans le Preset 2 Appuyez sur le bouton Store Preset Sauvegarde d un pr r glage ART Saki n FANIA LS LE I File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name if System EQ Flat 2 Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact 5 Out Level 0 o
219. e l entr e est en surcharge Dans ce cas diminuez le r glage de sensibilit et augmentez le gain du caisson de graves de 6 dB de facon quilibrer le niveau du caisson de basses par rapport vos enceintes principales 13 7 eneraux r Parametres G Configuration des Entr es Polarite V rifiez la polarite des amplificateurs qui alimentent vos enceintes principales partir de leurs sp cifications Il est tres rare de trouver aujourd hui des amplificateurs invers s mais cela existent et s ils inversent le signal vous devez galement r gler le parametre Polarity Polarit du caisson de basses sur Inverted Invers e Sinon laissez le parametre par d faut sur Normal DB1 SubApp File Communications Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter user y Frequency Un 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity O 6 de 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Slope 12 dB 24 dB Setting Display Dim C off Trigger 2 Enabled Box On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12 Uv Bowers amp Wilkins Si vous utilisez les m mes enceintes et amplificateurs pour Mono et St r o les deux polarit s d entr e doivent tre r gl es de la m me facon Utilisez les bouton
220. e la sala este tranquila mientras se lleve a cabo el barrido audible Elija 8 posiciones que cubran por completo el rea de escucha a aproximadamente la altura del o do Si por alguna raz n una medida concreta no es aceptable por ejemplo si hay demasiado ruido de fondo se le solicitar que realice otra para sustituirla Cuando haya colocado el micr fono pulse OK para iniciar el barrido WDE1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur please wait Measuring D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Durante la medici n aparecer la ventana de barrido y usted oir el barrido de una onda sinusoidal W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Cuando se hayan realizado 8 mediciones v lidas el programa calcular el filtro de correcci n ptimo Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas Bowers amp Wilkins Cuando el proceso haya sido completado la etiqueta Status Estado cambiar a Room EQ data loaded Datos de Ecualizaci n de Salas cargados indicando de este modo que se ha aplicado la correcci n necesaria al subwoofer Ajustes Globales Visualizador de Funciones M
221. e line cable to the DB1 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when this is complete Cancel Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins XLR 3 5mm 3 5 RCA Phono mA RCA RCA OK HT h f Vo YUDAPP Room Compensation Setup Global Settings Presets Room Compe Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect i Connected Bowers amp Wilkins ll 4h 8
222. e passe bas Low Pass Filter n est pas en service Aucun preset n a de nom Tous les niveaux sont positionn s sur 0 dB Il est important de comprendre que les param tres actifs peuvent ne pas correspondre l un de ces pr r glages Toutes les modifications qui sont apport es aux param tres actifs sont imm diatement audibles mais tant que les nouveaux param tres ne sont par enregistr s manuellement dans l un des cinq pr r glages ils seront perdus Cela vous permet toutefois de tester de nouveaux r glages sans avoir remplacer l un des presets alors qu ils ont tous t pr alablement configur s Si vous avez apport des changements depuis le dernier chargement ou lenregistrement d un preset le message d avertissement suivant s affiche Active settings not saved to Preset Parametres en cours non encore enregistr s dans un preset Quand vous utilisez le caisson de basse en passant par panneau de configuration l avertissement quivalent est que la bordure color e passe au rouge au lieu de bleu A titre d exemple pour bien illustrer la proc dure l image suivante montre que Impact System EQ Syst me d galisation Impact a t s lectionn e et que les parametres Level Niveau et System EQ Egalisation systeme ont t modifi s Tous ces changements sont imm diatement appliqu s au caisson de basse et leurs effets peuvent tre percus mais les Presets restent inchang s Le message d avertissement en bas gauch
223. ection jusqu 3 niveaux de couleurs diff rentes et une fl che indique si l article se poursuit sur la page suivante Avant d utiliser ce programme veuillez lire le mode d emploi fourni avec l appareil Celui ci d crit les caract ristiques du caisson de basses et comment le configurer en utilisant les menus et l interface d affichage sur le panneau avant A l exception de la fonction Volume le programme SubApp reproduit toutes les possibilit s de configuration mais dans un format plus facile lire et exploiter En outre le programme vous permet e D ajouter un nom l une ou l ensemble des 5 pr r glages pour vous en faciliter l identification e De s lectionner pour les applications st r o un filtre passe bas partir d une liste d roulante disponible pour quelques mod les Bowers amp Wilkins e De mettre en oeuvre la fonction de Compensation de Piece Toutes les modifications apport es aux parametres sont automatiquement envoy es au caisson de graves et deviennent audibles 1 Compensation de Piece Room Compensation 2 Param tres G n raux Global Settings 3 Pr r glages Presets Chaque partie est accessible en s lectionnant l onglet appropri WDB1 subApp JO File Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 5 zm 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 de O off O Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB Auto D Kg E Tri
224. eetvenster en u hoort een sinus sweep File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configui Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters e Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Wanneer 8 geldige metingen zijn gedaan berekent het programma het optimale correctiefilter Kamer Correctie Bowers amp Wilkins Zodra het proces is afgerond geeft de Status de data aan die zijn geladen en naar de subwoofer gestuurd Globale Instellingen Display Veel gebruikers vinden de display hinderlijk vooral bij het kijken naar films in een donkere kamer Daarom is de display op de voorzijde van de subwoofer zo ingesteld dat deze ca 30 seconden na gebruik van de laatste toets dimt als aangegeven door de standaard Dim instelling DB1 SubApp JOE File Communications Help Presets Global Settings Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display OnStandby O 6 dB EIE O 6 dB Dim Manual ode 3 E 0 dB 2 O off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB 21 ie gt Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal C Inverted Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter user y Frequency 25 Hz Slope 12 dB 9 24 dB Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins U ku
225. eferencias partiendo de Flat Respuesta Plana o Impact Impacto Por su parte User EQ Ecualizaci n de Usuario es un ecualizador gr fico de 5 bandas que le proporciona una gran libertad a la hora de obtener el sonido que m s le guste np subApp JOE File Communications Help Preselecciones Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out i ei Stereo Impact Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input ore Preset OU F ore Frese L P Filter Level Cancel D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Arrastre las barras deslizantes con el rat n o haga clic en cada control y mueva el potenci metro deslizante con las teclas en forma de flecha Cuando arrastre controles deslizantes con el rat n el cambio en el valor se mostrar inmediatamente en la caja que figura justo debajo del potenci metro deslizante pero no se transmitir al subwoofer hasta que libere el bot n del rat n Si no est utilizando el procedimiento de Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas User EQ Ecualizaci n de Usuario pude ayudarle a domesticar algunos de los modos propios resonancias de la sala La caracter stica m s molesta de l
226. egt oder unterschiedliche Nutzer mit verschiedenen Einstellungen eingegeben werden Alle ber das SubApp Programm durchgef hrten nderungen werden auch angezeigt wenn Sie anschlie end auf das Setup Men an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers zugreifen Start Positionieren Sie den Subwoofer wie gew nscht im Raum Stellen Sie alle Verbindungen zu den anderen Audiokomponenten her schlie en Sie aber kein Heimautomatisierungssystem mit einer RS 232 Schnittstelle an Verbinden Sie einen USB Port des Computers ber das beiliegende Kabel mit dem RS 232 Eingang des Subwoofers Besitzt Ihr Computer einen seriellen Ausgang so kann dieser auch direkt ber ein anderes Kabel mit der RS 232 Schnittstelle des Subwoofers verbunden werden SchlieBen Sie den Subwoofer ans Netz an Starten Sie das SubApp Programm am PC Es ffnet sich die Seite Global Settings Globale Einstellungen E Dei subapy EJE ommunications Globali Connect Setup Mono Tir Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 amp a 6 dB O 6 de 8 Dim Manual 0 dB 9 0dB O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB Auto EES 0 fal Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ER Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal DM Inverted 0 O Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 ON 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz ap 24 dB O 180 Speaker 270 Bl Disconnected Bowers amp
227. eingestelltes Tiefpassfilter auswahlen e das Room Compensation Feature nutzen Alle nderungen in den Einstellungen werden automatisch an den Subwoofer weitergegeben und somit h rbar Das Setup ist in drei Bereiche gegliedert und sollte in der folgenden Reihenfolge durchgef hrt werden 1 Room Compensation Anpassung an die Raumakustik 2 Global Settings Globale Einstellungen 3 Presets Voreinstellungen Sie k nnen die einzelnen Bereiche durch Anklicken der jeweiligen Schaltfl che aufrufen np SubApp MX File q Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display n Standby 5 6 SL 6 dB O 6 de Dim Manual n dg O off O Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB C Auto O Ilsal 0 b Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12v 2 Normal 2 Normal chy C Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Je Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz sa 24 dB C 180 Speaker O 270 E Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation ist optional und erfordert den Einsatz des Mikrofons der Soundkarte und der Kabel die alle zum Lieferumfang des Subwoofers geh ren Global Settings k nnen f r alle Anwendungen genutzt werden Unter Presets k nnen verschiedene Einstellungen f r unterschiedliche Anwendungen beispielsweise Musik Filme oder Spiele festgel
228. ellen Sie sicher dass das Mikrofon ungef hr in Ohrh he still gehalten wird und es w hrend der Messung im Raum ruhig ist W hlen Sie 8 Positionen die den H rbereich vollst ndig abdecken Wird eine Messung nicht akzeptiert weil beispielsweise zu viele Hintergrundger usche vorhanden sind werden Sie aufgefordert eine zus tzliche Messung durchzuf hren Haben Sie das Mikrofon positioniert dr cken Sie OK um den Vorgang zu starten DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins W hrend der Messung erscheint ein Fenster und es ist ein Sinuswellenton zu h ren W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Sind 8 g ltige Messungen durchgef hrt worden berechnet das Programm das optimale Korrekturfilter Anpassung an die Raumakustik Bowers amp Wilkins Ist der Vorgang abgeschlossen ndert sich die Anzeige Status in Room EQ data loaded Daten f r die Raum Anpassunge geladen Globale Einstellungen Display Viele Nutzer empfinden ein helles Display als nicht so angenehm besonders wenn sie sich Filme in einem ab
229. em EQ OU OL OL OLH L P Filter 0 eem Level Preset 4 Input System EL 6 10 10 10 10 10 L P Filter Level 0 0 0 0 0 0 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins A la izquierda encontrar Active Settings Ajustes Activos Corresponden a los valores activados en ese momento y determinan lo que usted oye Los botones grandes que hay a la derecha resumen los ajustes correspondientes a cada una de las cinco preselecciones disponibles El bot n Preset 1 Preselecci n 1 se muestra pulsado indicando de este modo que fue la ltima preselecci n a la que se accedi tanto para cargarla como para guardarla En el dibujo superior se muestran todas las preselecciones y todos los Ajustes Activos en su estado por defecto La entrada seleccionada es Mono La System EQ Ecualizaci n del Sistema preconfigurada est en Flat Respuesta Plana El Low Pass Filter Filtro Paso Bajo est fuera del circuito No se ha dado nombre a ninguna preselecci n Todos los niveles est n ajustados en 0 dB Es importante comprender que es posible que los Ajustes Activos no se correspondan con ninguna de las preselecciones Todos los cambios que se introduzcan en los Ajustes Activos ser n audibles inmediatamente pero a menos que los nuevos ajustes sean guardados manualmente en una de las cinco preselecciones se perder n Esto le permite a usted probar con nuevos ajustes sin necesidad
230. em EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut D Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Drag the slider bars with the mouse or click on each control and move the slider using the arrow keys When dragging slider controls with the mouse the change in value is immediately shown in the box at the bottom of the slider but is not transmitted to the subwoofer until you release the mouse button If you are not using the Room Compensation procedure User EQ can help tame some of the room modes The most annoying property of room acoustics is the presence of boominess at discreet frequencies and you can reduce the subwoofer s output level in those frequency bands to compensate It is not a good idea to try to boost the nulls in room modes These are caused by cancellation and no matter how much power you put into the room the perceived level will change little For that reason and to avoid system overload there is only 5dB of boost available compared to 10dB of cut 25 Preset Name Presets You can add a name to any preset to make it more recognisable The name can be up to 10 characters long including spaces and describe the application the particular listener or a combination of the two For example if there are two applications music and movies and two regular listeners Martin Grange and Peter Wilson each of which likes dif
231. em EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input Mono B System EQ Flat Mono Flat In L P Filter Out 2 Stereo Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ L P Filter 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Stare P LM L P Filter Level Cancel E connected Bowers amp Wilkins When dragging slider controls with the mouse the change in value is immediately shown in the box at the bottom of the slider but is not transmitted to the subwoofer until you release the mouse button 24 User EQ Presets Although we have suggested some equalisations with the pre programmed choices offered by System EQ you can impose your own preferences using either Flat or Impact as a basis User EQ is a 5 band graphic equaliser that gives you great freedom to get the sound you prefer BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EL Low Pass Filter Preset name Mono Flat In Stereo Impact em Preset z 56 Hz 80 Hz Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 e ore Preset Cancel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input Syst
232. endente para 12dB se as suas colunas principais forem de caixa selada e para 24dB para modelos de caixa ventilada ou reflex De in cio ajuste Phase fase para 180 se as suas colunas principais forem de caixa selada e 0 para modelos de caixa ventilada ou reflex Os valores de fase s o afectados pela posi o relativa das colunas e podem necessitar de altera o mais tarde durante o ajuste final Ajuste o par metro Frequency frequ ncia para o ponto de corte a 6dB das suas colunas principais Se estas forem de um modelo Bowers amp Wilkins esta frequ ncia a mais baixa indicada nas caracter sticas sob a designac o Frequency Range gama de frequ ncia Se o valor de 6dB n o indicado nas caracter sticas das suas colunas use o valor da frequ ncia a 3dB e multiplique por 0 6 para colunas de caixa selada e por 0 7 para caixa ventilada ou reflex para obter uma aproximac o suficiente ao valor de frequ ncia a 6dB Se o sinal de entrada normalmente mono proveniente de um processador surround ter toda a filtragem necess ria pelo que n o deve usar o filtro passa baixo interno do subwoofer Quando configurar as mem rias de pr selecc o mais tarde durante o processo de configurac o poder contornar os ajustes de filtro passa baixo interno que tenha seleccionado nesta fase para um pr amplificador est reo 17 Pre selecc es Procedimento Geral Pressione a etiqueta Presets Pr selec es para aceder a esta
233. entation secteur Lancez le programme SubApp sur le PC Vous parvenez directement sur la page Global Settings Parametres G n raux WDB1 SubApr AEX E Glolffal Connect mmunications Setup Mono T Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 6 zx 6 dB O 6 de 8 Dim Manual 0 dB 9 0dB O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB Auto D kel 0 lal Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ER Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal DM Inverted 0 O Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 ON 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O 90 24 dB Q 180 Speaker 270 Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins PS Cliquez sur le bouton Connect Connecter en bas a gauche de l cran ou utilisez le menu d roulant Communications gt Connect Communications puis Connecter Le programme va scanner tous les ports COM l un apr s l autre jusqu ce qu il trouve le caisson de basses Si le subwoofer tait en veille le programme va le mettre en marche automatiquement Lorsque la connexion est r alis e le carr rouge devient vert et le texte a cot du bouton est maintenant Disconnected D connexion Une marque de confirmation est aussi plac e gauche de l item Connect Connecter dans le menu Le programme lit importe et affiche tous les param tres courants du caisson de basses qui viennent remplacer tous ceux affich s dans S
234. ente k nnen Sie deren Bedienungsanleitung entnehmen Verwenden Sie die gekennzeichneten runden Schaltfl chen so entnehmen Sie die entsprechende Input Sensitivity Eingangsempfindlichkeit der folgenden Tabelle Ausgangspegel der Sensitivity Empfindlichkeit Quelle am Eingang des Subwoofers 0 5 V oder weniger 2 0 V oder mehr F r die meisten Quellkomponenten ist O dB die optimale Einstellung Bei Lieferung werden unter Mono Input Setup bzw Stereo Input Setup sowohl f r Sensitivity als auch f r Gain 0 dB als Voreinstellung gew hlt damit der Subwoofer der THX Standard Empfindlichkeit von 109dB spl bei 1 m f r eine Eingangsspannung von 1 V RMS entspricht Blinkt die LED am Subwoofer bei lauten Spitzen rot so liegt eine berlastung am Eingang vor In diesem Fall w hlen Sie die n chst niedrigere Einstellung f r Sensitivity und erh hen den Wert f r Gain um 6 dB um den Subwoofer wiederholt an die Hauptlautsprecher anzupassen 13 Globale Einstellungen Konfigurieren der Eing nge Polarit t Pr fen Sie die Polarit t der f r den Antrieb Ihrer Hauptlautsprecher genutzten Verst rker anhand ihrer technischen Daten Invertierende Verst rker sind heutzutage eher selten aber es gibt sie Und wenn Ihre Verst rker das Signal umkehren muss auch f r den Subwoofer unter Polarity Polarit t Inverted aktiviert werden Ansonsten lassen Sie die Voreinstellung Normal bestehen Y 081 SubApp File Communications Help Global Se
235. eo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby CH MES 6 6 dB 5 6 de Dim Manual 0 dE e 0 dB O off 6 dB E 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity E Polarity a i nable 2 Normal 2 Normal O Inverted C Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency E ES ak guit 25 Hz Speaker Mone E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Auto 11 3 5 RS 232 TRIG 2
236. er Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Si la fuente que alimenta una determinada entrada es un procesador de sonido envolvente basta que deje la correspondiente Gain Ganancia de entrada del subwoofer en el nivel por defecto de 0 dB porque el procesador ya incorporar sus propios controles de nivel Consulte el manual de instrucciones del procesador de sonido envolvente para saber c mo ajustar todos los niveles utilizando el generador de ruido interno del mismo Si la fuente es un amplificador estereof nico necesitar ajustar la habitualmente estereof nica ganancia de entrada a o do Para ello escuche una extensa variedad de piezas musicales que conozca bien y elija el ajuste que en promedio le parezca m s correcto Es dif cil recomendar un nivel te ricamente correcto por cuanto todo depende de la sensibilidad de las cajas ac sticas principales de su equipo y de la ganancia de los amplificadores que las atacan Tambi n es posible que desee tener niveles de volumen distintos para diferentes aplicaciones No obstante adem s del ajuste global de la ganancia que se realiza en esta etapa cada preselecci n incluye su propio ajuste adicional del nivel de volumen a la vez que usted puede tambi n ajustar el nivel del subwoofer para cada canci n individual utilizando la funci n Volume Trim Ajuste Fino del Nivel de Volumen de su panel frontal Aqu todo lo que usted necesita hacer es establecer un nivel promedio es decir aproxima
237. era incorrecta los conectores izquierdo y derecho DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Ee Room Compensation Ackive Settings Stored Presets System EQ Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Flat O In L P Filter Out C Impact Out Level 0 Low Pass Filter Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ L P Filter 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EL L P Filter Level Flat Cut 0 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Store Preset Cancel Las propiedades de cada entrada son configuradas tal y como se describe en Ajustes Globales 21 Ecualizaci n del Sistema System EQ Para System EQ Ecualizaci n del Sistema se puede elegir entre Flat Respuesta Plana e Impact Impacto Wobei SubApp lota File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Preselecciones Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact 9 Qut Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Se L P Filter Level Cancel La opci n Flat se explica
238. ere il pulsante Connect basso sinistra della finestra oppure selezionare Connect dal menu tendina Comunications in alto II programma controller in successione tutte le porte COM del computer fino ad individuare il subwoofer Se questo in standby il programma lo accende automaticamente Una volta stabilita la connessione il quadretto rosso a fianco del pulsante diviene verde e sul tasto la scritta cambia in Disconnect Disconnessione Un segno di spunta compare anche alla sinistra della voce Connect nel menu Communications in alto II programma SubApp legge importa e mostra le regolazioni correnti del subwoofer che vanno a sostituire ogni altra regolazione precedentemente visualizzata Quando il programma viene utilizzato per la prima volta le regolazioni iniziali default sono quelle indicate nella finestra sopra riportata Se una delle porte COM del computer fosse gi utilizzata da un altra applicazione il programma SubApp potrebbe segnalare un errore nel caso tentasse di accedere a quella porta Se dovesse comparire un messaggio di errore possibile forzare SubApp per stabilire la connessione con la porta alla quale fa capo il subwoofer selezionando Setup dal menu a tendina Communications nella barra in alto Appare un nuova piccola finestra al centro Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity i Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de i 4 O 6 dB Manual D dB 1
239. eselezione 1 indicato premuto a significare si tratta dell ultima preselezione scelta sia per ricaricarne i dati sia per memorizzarli In figura tutte le regolazioni delle preselezioni e della sezione Active Settings sono illustrate nella condizione iniziale default Ingresso Mono attivato Equalizzazione del sistema preimpostata System EQ disattivata Filtro passa basso Low Pass Filter escluso Nessun nome assegnato alle preselezioni Tutti i livellli su O dB importante comprendere come le attuali regolazioni attive riportate nella sezione Active Settings possano non corrispondere con nessuna delle preselezioni memorizzate Tutte le modifiche infatti divengono immediatamente udibili ma se non vengono salvate con procedura manuale in una delle 5 preselezioni possono andare perse Questo vi consente di provare nuove regolazioni senza sovrascrivere alcuna delle preselezioni gi memorizzate Se le regolazioni sono state modificate successivamente all ultima volta che stata richiamata o memorizzata una preselezione appare il messaggio di allerta Active settings not saved to Preset Regolazioni Attive non Salvate Se il subwoofer viene regolato attraverso i suoi tasti un analogo messaggio di avvertimento viene rappresentato sul display dalla cornice attorno alla voce del parametro modificato che da blu diviene rossa Per esemplificare la procedura la successiva figura mostra che stata selezionata la voce Impact Impatto nel riq
240. eselezione 2 Il relativo pulsante sulla sinistra appare premuto ed il messaggio di allerta scomparso 20 Stored Presets Preset 1 Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Mono Preset 4 Preset 5 System EQ Impact L P Filter Out Level i System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Mono Mona Bowers amp Wilkins Preselezioni Selezione Ingresso Tramite pulsanti evidenziati selezionare l ingresso Input Mono o Stereo in funzione del tipo di sorgente utilizzata Normalmente i processori surround dispongono di un uscita mono per il sub e vanno quindi collegati al corrispondente ingresso Se possedete invece un sistema stereo dedicato all ascolto della musica probabilmente avrete a disposizione delle uscite stereo da collegare ai relativi ingressi Poich internamente al subwoofer i due canali vengono sommati tra loro per ricavare un segnale mono non necessario prestare attenzione all esatto collegamento dei canali sinistro e destro BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation _ Active Settings System EL gt Flat Q In Impact Out User EQ Low Pass Filter 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Preset name 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Preset Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level
241. esempio musica film o videogiochi oppure in funzione dei diversi gusti di pi utilizzatori Tutte le modifiche effettuate con il programma SubApp verranno mostrate anche sul display del subwoofer non appena si acceder nuovamente al men di regolazione Procedure iniziali Posizionare il subwoofer nel locale come desiderato Effettuare tutti i collegamenti con i componenti audio ma non connettere il sub ad alcuna centralina domotica tramite la porta RS 232 Collegare la porta RS 232 ad una presa USB di un computer tramite il cavo fornito In alternativa se il vostro pc amp dotato di un uscita seriale con connettore D collegarla al subwoofer con un idoneo cavo non fornito Inserire il cavo di alimentazione del subwoofer in una presa elettrica Avviare il programma SubApp sul pc si aprira alla pagina delle regolazioni generali Global Settings max DB1 SubApp ommunications Glolfal Connect mpensation Setup Mono putti Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby B O 6 de O 6 dB Dim 2 Manual ode 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto DG 0 al Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity x e Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM CO Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter User Ea Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O sn 24 dB Q 180 Speaker Q 270 Bl Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Prem
242. eset 2 User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Freset 3 Freset 4 2 Store Preset Cancel Preset 5 A Active settings not saved to Preset Input Mono System EQ Flat L PFilter Gut Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level If you were to press the Disconnect button at this point the new settings would be discarded As the last accessed preset was Preset 1 indicated by the depressed button its values would be written into the Active Settings Let s say you want to save the new settings into Preset 2 Press the Store Preset button File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat In Q Stereo Impact Gei QUE Preset 2 Level User EQ as Select preset storage location 20 Hz 25 Hz 40 6 5 5 RE SE dd Preset Pres i 0 0 Preset 4 2 pi Preset 5 Preset Se ear 2 3 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Cancel Input Mono System EQ Flat L PFilter Gut Level U D 00 a a Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level o EN omm o EN Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ
243. esta signalk llor r O dB den b sta inst llningen och standardv rdena f r b de k nsligheten och all f rst rkning r O dB f r att subbasen ska uppfylla THX standardens k nslighet 109 dB SPL vid 1 meter och 1 volt RMS Om lysdioden blinkar r tt vid h ga niv er s betyder det att subbasen verbelastas Anv nd d n sta l gre inst llning f r k nslighet och h j subbasens f rst rkning med 6 dB s att subbasen balanseras mot h gtalarna igen 13 vergripande inst llningar Polaritet DB1 SubApp File Communications Konfigurera ing ngar Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User el Frequency y 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display O 6 dB SES 5 Dim ode O off O 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity Enabled nable Normal O Inverted Slope 12 dB 24 dB Kontrollera polariteten f r f rst rkaren som driver dina huvudh gtalarna genom att l sa bruksanvisningen Numera r det s llsynt med f rst rkare som har inverterad polaritet men det finns fortfarande ett f tal Om din f rst rkare inverterar signalen m ste du ange subbasens inst llning Polarity Polaritet till Inverted Inverterad Annars l ter du inst llningen vara kvar i standardl get Normal Normal On Standby
244. evel Bowers amp Wilkins Er wird auch auf dem Frontdisplay des Subwoofers Speichern der Einstellungen auf einem Computer Alle Einstellungen im SubApp Programm k nnen als XML Datei auf Ihrem Computer gespeichert werden Wir empfehlen Ihnen dies zur Datensicherung zu tun W hlen Sie File Datei dann Save Speichern oder Save As Speichern unter um die Einstellungen zu speichern Klicken Sie auf File Datei und anschlie end auf Open Offnen um sie im SubApp Programm abzurufen Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity O 6 d 0 dB MIE 0 dB 6 dB 6 dB Display On Standby Dim gt Manual Q off Trigger 1 Auto i Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity gt i Enabled Normal 5 2 Normal 12v Preset 2 v O Inverted Ue cai Inverted UN Preset 1 Ml Low Pass Filter Speaker v Frequency Speaker None Bowers amp Wilkins AN Wenn Sie eine zuvor gespeicherte XML Datei bei angeschlossenem Subwoofer ffnen werden die in der Datei gespeicherten Einstellungen sofort zum Subwoofer bertragen Offnen Sie die Datei in diesem Fall also nur wenn Sie die Einstellungen tats chlich bertragen m chten Denken Sie daran dass es im SubApp Programm kein Undo Feature gibt 28 Bowers amp Wilkins Programa SubApp para el DB1 Instrucciones de Uso Introducci n Este programa funcionar con los sistemas operativos Windows 7
245. ew nschten COM Port aus dem Dropdown Men Sensitivity Setting Display Slope O 12 dB e 24 dB On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Auto 30 min L Preset 1 DN Preset 2 Bowers amp Wilkins Anpassung an die Raumakustik Wir raten Ihnen diesen Schritt als ersten vorzunehmen da die manuellen Einstellungen hiervon wahrscheinlich beeinflusst werden Das spielt jedoch keine Rolle wenn Sie bereits Einstellungen unter Global Settings oder Presets ge ndert haben da sie von diesem Vorgang unbeeinflusst bleiben Sie werden jedoch einige vielleicht sogar alle manuell vorgenommenen Einstellungen nach beendeter Anpassung an die Raumakustik noch einmal vornehmen m ssen Klicken Sie auf Room Compensation Anpassung an die Raumakustik und vergewissern Sie sich dass im K stchen neben Room EQ Raum Anpassung ein Haken erscheint Dies ist das Aquivalent des SubApp Programms zur Einstellung In Ein des im Display an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers erscheinenden Audio Men s WDB1 subApp Jo File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Stecken Sie die SC 01 USB Soundkarte in eine freie USB Buchse an Ihrem Computer ansonsten kann der Vorgang nicht starten Klicken Sie anschlieBend auf Launch Room
246. f loslaat Wanneer u de Room Compensation procedure niet gebruikt kan User EQ gebruikers EQ sommige eigenschappen van de kamer helpen onderdrukken De hinderlijkste eigenschap van de kamerakoestiek is een boem bas op bepaalde frequenties die kan worden gereduceerd door het niveau van de subwoofer in die frequentiebanden terug te nemen Het is niet verstandig de dips in de kamerakoestiek te compenseren Deze worden veroorzaakt door uitdoving en ongeacht hoeveel vermogen u ook in de kamer pompt het uiteindelijke niveau zal er nauwelijks door toenemen Daarom is voorzien in slechts een toename van 5 dB om oversturing van het systeem te voorkomen terwijl een afval van 10 dB is voorzien 25 Voorkeurposities Preset Benoemen U kunt elke preset een naam geven om deze herkenbaar te maken De naam kan maximaal 10 karakters lang zijn inclusief spaties en beschrijven de toepassing de specifieke luisteraar of een combinatie van beide Voorbeeld wanneer er twee toepassingen zijn muziek en film en twee vaste luisteraars Martin Grange en Peter Wilson die elk twee verschillende instellingen willen vastleggen kunt u vier namen gebruiken Muziek MG Film MG Muziek PW en Films PW Als voorbeeld voeren we de naam Movies films in op Preset 2 die we eerder configureerden Klik op Preset 2 voorkeurpositie 2 rechts om de waarden in de actieve audioketen te laden Klik de muis in het kader en typ de naam BW DB1 SubApp
247. ferent settings you could have four presets with names Music MG Movies MG Music PW and Movies PW As an example we are going to add the name Movies to the Preset 2 we configured before Click the Preset 2 button on the right to load its values into the live audio chain Click the mouse cursor in the text box and type the name ME DEI SubApp File Communications Help A a ee nn Een E 1 Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter 1 Input System EQ Mono Flat CO In L P Filter O Stereo gt Impact Out Level Input System EQ Impact L P Filter Out Level User EQ 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz 6 5 8 8 5 E Preset 3 T System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut OF B 0 Level Preset 4 Input System EL 10 4n 210 40 L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ SE P ERE L P Filter Level Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins The name has not yet been saved so the not saved warning has appeared Store the new name to Preset 2 by first pressing Store Preset As Preset 2 has just been loaded it will still be highlighted in the pop up window 26 I DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global
248. frequentie op de 6 dB frequentie opgave van uw hoofd luidsprekers Zijn dat Bowers amp Wilkins typen dan is dat de laagste opgave in de specificaties onder Frequency Range frequentiebereik Is de 6 dB waarde niet opgegeven voor uw luidsprekers neem dan de 3 dB waarde en vermenigvuldig die met 0 6 bij gesloten en 0 7 voor open en reflex systemen deze benadering is goed genoeg Wanneer de bron die de ingang stuurt meestal mono een surround processor is is daar alle filtering die nodig is al aanwezig en hoeft het ingebouwde laagdoorlaat filter van de subwoofer niet te worden gebruikt Wanneer u later in het proces de presets configureert kunt u de ingebouwde laagdoorlaat instellingen passeren die u hier heeft gemaakt voor een stereoversterker 17 Voorkeurposities Algemeen Druk op Presets voorkeurposities tab om deze pagina te openen DB1 SubApp File Commugiasbiaa Help Global 5etti I LER pom Compensation Active Settings Input Mono Stereo Level System EQ Flat Impact User EQ Low Pass Filter O In Out Preset name 56 Hz 80 Hz Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level DEX Mono Flat Out c EH o EH o EH Mono Flat Qut 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 6 5 5 5 5 5e Input System EQ L P Filter Level Oe ot ee oke Input System EL L P Filter Level Input
249. g r att du kan lagra olika inst llningar f r olika funktioner till exempel musik filmer eller spel eller olika inst llningar f r olika anv ndare Alla ndringar som g rs med SubApp programmet visas ocks i inst llningsmenyn p subbasens front Start Placera subbasen d r du vill ha den i rummet G r alla anslutningar till andra ljudkomponenter men anslut inte n got hemsystem som anv nder RS 232 porten Anslut datorns USB port till subbasens RS 232 port med hj lp av kabeln som ing r Om din dator har en seriell D kontakt kan du ocks ansluta denna direkt till subbasens RS 232 port med hj lp av en s rskild kabel Anslut subbasen till ett v gguttag Starta SubApp programmet p datorn Det ppnas p sidan Global Settings vergripande inst llningar np SubApp Jo Communications Global Connect Setup Mono pe Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 zm 6 dB 6 de Dim Manual 5 0 dB 0 dg Q off O Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto O L J 0 la E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 124 2 Normal 2 Normal chy O Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User yl Frequency Phase Slope p 20 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Klicka p Connect knappen Anslut l ngst ned till v nster p sk rmen eller v
250. g ra detta markerar du rutan Enabled Aktiv och anger vilka tv f rinst llningar som du vill v xla mellan i de tv listorna WB SubApp Jog File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de cal O 6 de Dim Manual ode 0 dB Trigger 1 O 6 dB 6 dB Auto Polarity Polarity Enabled 12 Preset2 Normal i Normal m E Inverted Inverted UN Preset 1 Low Pass Filter n mm User Se Frequency Slope Us O 12 dB 25 Hz 9 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Om du aktiverar Trigger 2 ing ngen s att den v xlar mellan tv f rinst llningar inaktiveras alla andra metoder f r f rinst llningar 12 vergripande inst llningar Konfigurera ing ngar Du kan konfigurera b de mono och stereoing ngarna individuellt Du kan till exempel anv nda en hemmabioprocessor till film men ett separat stereof rsteg till musik I s fall kopplar du processorns subbas eller LFE utg ng till en av subbasens Mono ing ngar och stereof rsteget till Stereo ing ngarna Du kan v lja mellan balanserad och obalanserad anslutning till Mono ing ngen Anv nd den som passar signalk llan men inte b da samtidigt Balanserade anslutningar r mindre k nsliga f r st rningar men kr ver att signalk llan har en balanserad utg ng
251. gedunkelten Raum ansehen Aus diesem Grund ist das Display an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers so eingestellt dass es abgedunkelt wird wenn 30 Sekunden lang keine Taste mehr gedr ckt wird siehe Voreinstellung Dim Dimmen unten BW DB1 SubApp File Communications JOE Help Global Settings Presets Room Compens ation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de Q 6 dB Dim 0 dB 0 de O off O 6 dB AIRE Manual Trigger 1 Auto 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity A Enabled Normal O Inverted Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter mm 1 user el Frequency Phase Slope 12 dB 24 de O 90 180 C 270 25 Hz Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins Sie k nnen dies ndern indem Sie unter Display Off Aus aktivieren und die Beleuchtung damit komplett abschalten Sobald Sie dann eine der Tasten an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers dr cken leuchtet das Display hell und bleibt erleuchtet solange das Display oder die Tasten im Setup Modus genutzt werden Globale Einstellungen Ein Standby Es gibt 4 M glichkeiten um den Subwoofer von On Ein auf Standby und umgekehrt zu schalten DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensit
252. gger 2 Polarity Polarity m Enabled 12v Marmal Normal n B Ba I Du C Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter user Frequency Phase Slope J 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz sa 24 dB 180 Speaker O 270 A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Compensation de piece est facultatif et n cessite l utilisation du microphone d une carte son et des c bles fournis avec le caisson de basses Les Parametres G n raux sont applicables toutes les applications Pr r glages vous permet de sp cifier des param tres diff rents pour chaque application musique films ou jeux par exemple ou pour m moriser des parametres diff rents pour plusieurs utilisateurs Toute modification effectu e en utilisant le programme SubApp sera aussi visible quand vous acc derez par la suite au param trage du caisson de graves par le panneau de configuration en face avant Mise en route Positionnez le caisson de basses dans la piece l endroit pr vu Faites toutes les connexions aux autres l ments audio mais ne le reliez pas un syst me domotique qui utilise le port RS 232 Connectez l un des ports USB de l ordinateur au port RS 232 du caisson de basses l aide du c ble fourni Alternativement si votre ordinateur dispose d une sortie s rie de type D vous pouvez connecter directement le caisson de graves cette sortie s rie en utilisant un c ble du commerce Raccordez le caisson de graves l alim
253. global gain setting here each of the presets has its own additional level adjustment and you can also adjust the subwoofer s level for any individual track by using the Volume Trim function on the its front panel All you need to do here is set an approximate average level 15 Global Settings Low pass Filter If you are using a stereo pre amplifier to feed the Stereo inputs you will need to set the subwoofer s low pass filter to match the low frequency roll off of your main speakers EX DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Stereo Input Setup Setting Mono Input Setup Display On Standby Sensitivity 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB Auto Sensitivity 6 dB gt 0 dB 6 dB Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity i Beet Enabled 12V Preset 2 v Normal i DN Preset1 Normal Inverted Inverted Frequency 800 Diamond 802 Diamond 1803 Diamond nean Disconnect 804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 If your main speakers are Bowers amp Wilkins model first select Speaker from the upper drop down list in the Low Pass Filter section Then look in the lower drop down list to see if your speakers are listed If they are simply select the correct model The three parameters Frequency Phase and Slope will be disabled 16 Global Set
254. his is complete Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins SchlieBen Sie die beiden restlichen Kabel wie folgt an Verwenden Sie das Kabel mit einem XLR Anschluss an einem Ende und einem 3 5 mm Ministecker am anderen Ende um das Mikrofon an den mit 4 gekennzeichneten Mikrofoneingang der Soundkarte anzuschlie en Verwenden Sie das Kabel mit einem 3 5 mm Ministecker an einem Ende und einem Cinch Stecker am anderen Ende um die mit gekennzeichnete Line Out Buchse der Soundkarte mit dem Mono Eingang des Subwoofers zu verbinden Obwohl das Programm eine Brummunterdr ckung besitzt sollte der Subwoofer w hrend des Messvorganges zusammen mit den AN anderen Ger ten des Audiosystems geerdet werden Wird zum Anschlie en der Quelle normalerweise nur der Mono Cinch Eingang genutzt so k nnen Sie den Subwoofer erden indem Sie das Audio Verbindungskabel vor bergehend an eine der Stereo Cinch Eingangsbuchsen anschlie en Ist alles angeschlossen dr cken Sie OK um fortzufahren Mori suba Jog Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Boots location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Anpassung an die Raumakustik Sie werden nun aufgefordert die ersten 8 Messungen durchzuf hren St
255. ications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Fla In P Filter u Flat L P Filt Out Stereo Impact Out Level 0 ooo 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Level User EQ Select preset storage location 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 o EN omm o EN 6 5 5 5 IS EA Eu nim Basen UK Input 4 j lt Pres System EQ Rud lt DL Preset 4 L P Filter 0 4 Preset 5 Level Preset 4 Input E System EL a 10 4n 40 L F Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Store Preset Ra gg Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Appare quindi una nuova piccola finestra con l elenco delle 5 preselezioni Inquadrare Preset 2 Preselezione 2 e premere il pulsante OK 19 Preselezioni Procedure Generali WDB1 subAppo File Communications Presets Global Settings Room Compensation Active Settings Presetname Om E Out Input Low Pass Filter Mono Stereo System EQ Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 5 5o Au 40 Hz 56 Hz Store Preset Cancel Ora le regolazioni effettuate in precedenza sono memorizzate alla posizione Preset 2 Pr
256. icular port connected to the subwoofer by first navigating Communications gt Setup on the menu Start up Stereo Input Setup e Sensitivity 6 de Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter User Frequency MEM Oo RP II 90 25 Hz 180 Cy 270 Speaker None A Disconnected Setting Display e slope 12 dB 24 dB On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Auto 30 min VA Preset 1 DN Preset 2 Bowers amp Wilkins Uncheck the Automatically Select COM port box and then select the appropriate COM port from the drop down list Room Compensation We advise doing this procedure first as it is likely to affect your choice of manual settings However if you have already changed either Global or Preset Settings already this does not matter because the procedure bypasses these settings during measurement However you will need to reassess some if not all the manual settings after the Room Compensation procedure has been completed Click the Room Compensation tab and make sure the Room EQ box shows a check mark This is the SubApp equivalent of Room EQ being set to In on the subwoofer s front panel GUI np subApp JI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data lo
257. ifferent measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected vou will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins 061 SubApp File Communications Help Room EQ enable Room EQ Ja Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configu La procedura di misurazione pu richiedere un certo tempo per avviarsi e ci dipende dalle caratteristiche del vostro computer Una Please wait Starting measurement engine please wait o ll jJ Bowers amp Wilkins volta iniziata comparir una nuova finestra che chiedera di collegare quanto necessario Correzione Ambientale Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1 SC 01 USB Sound Card en 1x Microphone ca
258. igurado System EQ configura o de sistema O filtro passa baixo Low Pass Filter est fora do circuito N o foi dado nome a nenhuma mem ria de pr selec o Todos os n veis est o configurados para OdB importante perceber que os Ajuste Activos podem n o corresponder a qualquer uma das pr selec es Todas as AN altera es efectuadas nos Ajustes Activos s o imediatamente aud veis mas a n o ser que os novos ajustes sejam guardados manualmente numa das cinco mem rias de pr selec o podem ser perdidos Isto permite que experimente novas op es sem ter de apagar nenhuma das pr selec es anteriormente configuradas Se efectuou altera es desde a ltima vez que carregou ou guardou uma configura o de pr selec o aparece a seguinte mensagem de aviso Active settings not saved to Preset Ajustes activos n o guardados numa pr selec o Quando usa o menu de configura o do painel frontal do subwoofer o aviso equivalente apresentado sob a forma de uma mudan a de cor de azul para vermelho da linha envolvente Como exemplo para ilustrar o procedimento a imagem seguinte mostra que foi seleccionada a op o Impact Impacto para System EQ e que foram alterados os ajustes Level n vel e User EQ Igualizac o de utilizador Todas estas altera es foram fornecidas ao subwoofer e podem ser ouvidas mas as mem rias de pr selec o continuam sem altera o A mensagem de aviso real ada 18
259. ilkins Disconnect Preset1 2 Store Preset Cash B nr MUDA pp j File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Preset 2 2 OK 19 Ackive Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input System EQ Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact 5 Out Level 0 ood 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mono Level User EQ System EQ Flat Select preset storage location L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40 Level n voe eem 6 5 5 5 i Preset 1 D mm EERE Input Mana zem System EQ Flat Lt Bis 05 0 Preset 4 L P Filter Out 4 Prese
260. im Manual 0 dE ct 0 dB O off Ale O 6 dB eu E Trigger 2 Polarity 4 Polarity a 2 fable 2 Normal Si E 2 Normal O Inverted C Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Slope J O 12 dB e 24 dB 25 Hz Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Sie k nnen die Zeit die vergehen soll bis der Subwoofer wieder in den Standby Betrieb schaltet ber ein rechts neben dem Punkt Auto erscheinendes Dropdown Men ausw hlen Es gibt eine leichte Einschaltverz gerung Stellen Sie die Verz gerungszeit bis zum Umschalten in den Standby Betrieb so ein dass der Subwoofer auch w hrend eines Filmes mit langen Passagen ohne Tiefbasseffekte lange genug aktiviert bleibt 11 Globale Einstellungen Umschalten zwischen den einzelnen Presets Voreinstellungen Es gibt drei M glichkeiten zwischen den verschiedenen Presets umzuschalten Sie k nnen auf alle f nf Presets ber die Tasten an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers oder ber ein an die RS 232 Schnittstelle angeschlossenes Heimautomatisierungssystem zugreifen Sie k nnen auch ber den 12 V Trigger einer anderen an die TRIG 2 Buchse des Subwoofers angeschlossenen Audiokomponente zwischen zwei Presets umschalten Damit dies m glich ist setzen Sie einen Haken in das Enabled Aktiviert K stchen und w hlen aus dem angezeigten Dropdown Men die beiden Presets aus zwis
261. intes principales et du gain de l amplificateur qui les alimentent Vous pouvez galement souhaiter avoir des niveaux diff rents pour diverses applications En outre en dehors du gain global que vous pouvez fixer ici chacun des presets dispose de son propre r glage de niveau Vous pouvez galement r gler le niveau du caisson de graves en utilisant la fonction Volume Trim R glage de Volume sur le panneau avant Il faut juste fixer approximativement un niveau moyen 15 L eneraux Parametres G Filtre Passe Bas Si vous utilisez un pr amplificateur st r o pour alimenter les entr es Stereo vous devrez ajuster le filtre passe bas du caisson de graves pour qu il se raccorde a la limite basse bande passante de vos enceintes principales W 081 subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 m 6 dB O 6 dB 9 Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto O ke D haud E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity T Enabled 12V Preset2 2 Normal S 2 Normal _ 7 Ml O Inverted 0 O Inverted 0 UV Preset 1 Frequency D 12 dB 90 24 dE 1807 Speakej 270 800 Diamond 802 Diamond oisconnesti eg Oland Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 5000 601D Si vos en
262. ions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins correction over a larger area the response always becomes more uniform within that defined area The filter calculation process is completely automatic and requires no interpretation by the user Press OK to continue DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Box Global Settings Presets Room Compensation S Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configu The measurement engine may take some time to start up depending on the speed of your computer When complete you will be prompted to connect up the rest EA Please wait Starting measurement engine please wait Bowers amp Wilkins of the measurement hardware Room Compensation Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone lx Bay SC 01 USB Sound Card 1 Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1 Line cable phono REA to 3 5mm jack Room Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to
263. it when selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Disconneck E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Quanto mais reduzida for a rea de audic o mais uniforme ser a resposta obtida mas existe sempre o risco de que as coisas fiquem piores fora da rea definida A realizac o de medic es atrav s da poss vel rea de audic o assegura que apenas s o levados em conta os ru dos comuns a todas as posi es e consequentemente apesar de poder existir menos correc o numa zona mais alargada a resposta torna se mais uniforme nessa rea definida O processo de c lculo da filtragem completamente autom tico e n o necessita de interpretac o pelo utilizador Pressione OK para continuar 081 SubApp ota File Communications Help CE veer Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Mo room EQ data loaded Please wait Room EO configu Starting measurement engine please wait D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins O sistema de medida poder levar algum tempo a arrancar dependendo da velocidade do seu computador Quando o arranque termina ser lhe pedido que efectue a liga o dos restantes acess rios de medida Compensac o Acustica de Salas
264. ivity Digital Offset Sensitivity 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal CO Inverted Law Fass Filter I User w Frequency 25 Hz Speaker Die On Standby Taste an der Ger tefront des Subwoofers ist stets funktionsbereit Um ein an die RS 232 Schnittstelle angeschlossenes Heimautomatisierungssystem zu nutzen w hlen Sie Manual Manuell Um den Subwoofer mit einer anderen Audiokomponente ber einen 12 V Trigger zu synchronisieren w hlen Sie Trigger 1 und schlieBen den 12 V Trigger Ausgang der Steuerkomponente an den TRIG 1 Eingang des Subwoofers an Verwenden Sie dazu ein 6 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Kabel mit 3 5 mm Ministecker an beiden Enden Soll sich der Subwoofer einschalten sobald an einem Eingang ein Audiosignal anliegt und nach einer festgelegten Zeit nach Digital Offset 6 Slope 12 dB 24 dB Setting Display Dim C off Trigger 2 Enabled Manual Trigger 1 Auto 14 DN Bowers amp Wilkins Unterbrechung des Signals wieder in den Standby Betrieb schalten so w hlen Sie Auto 10 Ein Standby Globale Einstellungen ME 1 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby Sensitivity O 6 dB EE O 6 dB D
265. kera rutan Automatically Select COM port V lj COM port automatiskt och v lj sedan COM port i listan Rumskompensation Vi rekommenderar att du utf r denna process f rst eftersom den troligtvis p verkar dina manuella inst llningar Om du d remot redan har gjort n gra Overgripande inst llningar eller F rinst llningar s g r det ingenting eftersom proceduren sidos tter dem under m tningen Du f r d remot r kna med att g ra om vissa eller kanske rentav alla manuella inst llningar n r Rumskompensationen har utf rts Klicka p fliken Room Compensation Rumskompensation och se till att rutan Room EQ Rums EQ r markerad Detta r SubApps motsvarighet till att inst llningen Room EQ r i l ge In P p subbasens Audio meny Box DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configuration Launch Room Compensation Routine D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins S tt i SC 01 USB ljudkortet i en ledig USB port i din dator annars g r det inte att starta proceduren Klicka sedan p knappen Launch Room Compensation Routine Starta rumskompensationen Rumskompensation Global Settings Presets Room Compe Room Room Compensation Setup General Guidelines and Operating Frinciple The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location
266. kt Het is moeilijk het theoretisch juiste niveau te omschrijven Dit wordt bepaald door het rendement van uw hoofd luidsprekers en de versterkingfactor van de versterkers die deze sturen Ook kan het zijn dat u verschillende niveaus wenst voor verschillende toepassingen Naast de globale instelling hier heeft elke preset een eigen extra niveau instelling en kunt u ook het niveau van de subwoofer voor elk afzonderlijke item instellen via de Volume Trim volume correctie functie op het frontpaneel Hier stelt u alleen het globale gemiddelde niveau in 15 Globale Instellingen Laagdoorlaat Filter Gebruikt u een stereo voorversterker die de Stereo ingang stuurt dan dient u het laagdoorlaat filter van de subwoofer in te stellen overeenkomstig de laag afval van de hoofd luidsprekers np subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby Sensitivity O 6 dB O 6 dB 9 Dim Manual ode 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB C Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled Normal Normal IESEL d O Inverted Inverted 0V Preseti w Frequency 800 Diamond 807 Diamond 803 Diamond Disconnect 1804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 Wanneer uw hoofd luidsprekers van Bowers amp Wilkins zijn kiest eerst Speaker luidspreker het bovenste
267. larity Polarity Enabled 12V Preset2 Normal DE Normal Inverted Inverted IN Preset 1 Speaker Frequency None 800 Diamond 802 Diamond 803 Diamond Disconnect 1804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 18006 A 8010 Bowers amp Wilkins ES E Mk Low Pass Filter Speaker Frequency Phase Slope SE 16 D H Bowers amp Wilkins User HP np SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB dB Q off O Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB Auto O L J Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity SS si Enabled 12V Ir 2 Normal 2 Normal Inverted 0 Inverted 0 IN ISS Frequency Phase Slope 80 0
268. lat Out Mono Flat Qut Ziehen Sie den Schieberegler mit der Maus so werden die nderungen im Wert sofort in dem rechteckigen K stchen unten am Schieberegler angezeigt Die bertragung zum Subwoofer erfolgt allerdings erst wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen 24 Voreinstellungen Nutzer EQ Unter System EQ konnten Sie bereits zwischen den Einstellungen Flat linear oder Impact nicht linear Ihren Vorlieben entsprechend w hlen User EQ Nutzer EQ ist ein grafischer 5 Band Equalizer der Ihnen viele M glichkeiten f r die Einstellung des gew nschten Klanges er ffnet BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EL Flat Impact Mono O Stereo Low Pass Filter Preset name In 40 Hz 56 Hz e ore Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut 0 Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Ziehen Sie die Schieberegler mit der Maus oder klicken Sie auf den jeweiligen Regler und bewegen Sie ihn mit den Pfeiltasten Ziehen Sie die Schieberegler mit der Maus so werden
269. ll interno di questo componente e pertanto quello del subwoofer non deve essere usato Al momento di definire nella fase successiva i parametri da memorizzare nelle preselezioni sar possibile escludere o meno il filtro del DB1 17 Preselezioni Procedure Generali Cliccare sull etichetta Preset Preselezioni in alto per richiamare la relativa scheda DB1 SubApp File Commup Global Setti Active Settings Input Mono Stereo Level dy Help pom Compensation System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Flat O In Impact Out User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz a 5 5 5 5 i D Ae O gado Od Ohad I 3 I I 10 10 10 10 10 D 0 0 0 0 Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Ja Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mono Flat Out 0 c EH o EH o EH Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Sulla sinistra vi l area Active Settings Regolazioni Attive dove sono riportati i parametri attualmente assegnati al subwoofer e che determinano ci che state ascoltando cinque grandi pulsanti sulla destra riassumono le regolazioni memorizzate in ciascuna preselezione Nella figura il pulsante Preset 1 Pr
270. lp Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display 6 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 de E 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 de O 6 de O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled nable Normal Normal CO Inverted Inverted Law Fass Filter User ES Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Ho e 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins on standby Ha 232 Manual 12 Trigger 1 12 1 3 5
271. lter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level DEX Mono Flat Out 0 c EH o EH o EH Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Till v nster visas Active Settings Aktiva inst llningar Det r de v rden som anv nds just nu och som p verkar hur det l ter De stora knapparna till h ger sammanfattar de fem f rinst llningarnas v rden Knappen f r Preset 1 F rinst llning 1 r intryckt vilket anger att det var den som anv ndes senast antingen f r att ladda eller spara v rden I illustrationen ovan visas alla f rinst llningar och de Aktiva inst llningarna med sina standardv rden Mono ing ngen r vald Den f rkonfigurerade System EQ r Linj r Flat Low Pass Filter L gpassfilter r inte inkopplat Ingen f rinst llning har f tt n got namn Alla niv er r inst llda p 0 dB Det r viktigt att f rst att de Aktiva inst llningarna inte beh ver motsvara n gon av f rinst llningarna Alla ndringar som g rs av de Aktiva inst llningarna p verkar omedelbart ljudet men om inte de nya inst llningarna sparas manuellt till n gon av de fem f rinst llningarna s f rsvinner de n r programmet avslutas Detta inneb r att du kan prova nya v rden utan att bli av med n gon av f rinst llningarna som du har gjort vid ett tidigare tillf lle Om du har gjprt n gra ndringar sedan du sist laddade eller sparade en f rinst llning visas f ljande varning Active settings not save
272. m Compensation Room EQ enable Room EC Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Analysing data Calculating room compensation parameters D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Una volta acquisite 8 misurazioni valide il programma calcolera la correzione ottimale Anche in questo caso una piccola finestra indichera l avanzamento delle operazioni Correzione Ambientale File Communications Help Bowers amp Wilkins Completata la procedura a fianco della dicitura Status Stato comparira la scritta Room EQ data loaded Dati Equalizzazione Ambiente Caricati per segnalare l avvenuto invio al subwoofer delle necessarie correzioni Regolazioni Generali Display Molte persone trovano che un display troppo luminoso possa dare fastidio specialmente in penombra durante la visone di un film Per questa ragione il display sul frontale del subwoofer amp regolato per attenuare la luminosit dopo circa 30 secondi dall utilizzo dei pulsanti al suo fianco come indicato dalla opzione predefinita Dim Attenuazione selezionata W 061 SubApp JO Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby GES O 6 dB O 6 de Dim gt Manual 0 dB LE 0 de O off Trigger 1 a 6 dB Su ES Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Normal
273. m EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System El L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut Mono Flat Qut Mono Flat Out Bowers amp Wilkins Quando arrastar controlos deslizantes com o rato a alterac o dos valores imediatamente apresentada na caixa ao fundo do controlo deslizante mas a informa o n o transmitida ao subwoofer at que solte a tecla do rato Pr selecc es Igualizacao de utilizador Ainda que tenhamos sugerido algumas igualiza es com as escolhas pr programadas oferecidas pela Igualiza o do Sistema poder impor as suas pr prias prefer ncias com base nos controlos Flat Plano ou Impact Impacto A fun o User EQ Igualiza o de utilizador baseada na utiliza o de um igualizador gr fico de 5 bandas que lhe oferece uma ampla liberdade para obter o som que preferir DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input Gei Mono Q Stereo System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name gt Flat O In Impact 40 Hz 56 Hz Gall 5 28 Hz 80 Hz gt gt Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level
274. mb m comutar entre duas pr selec es usando uma tens o de 12V de controlo de outro equipamento de udio ligado tomada TRIG 2 do subwoofer Para isso sinalize a caixa Enabled Permitido e seleccione as duas mem rias de pr selec o que pretende usar alternadamente a partir da lista do menu 1 0681 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal CO Inverted Low Pass Filter am 3 ET User ei Frequency 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity amp de 0 de 6 de Polarity Normal CO Inverted Setting Display Dim Enabled Slope 12 dE 24 dB Jog On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v Preset 2 Iv oy Preset 1 Bowers amp Wilkins Se permitir que Trigger 2 comute entre duas pr selec es todos os outros m todos de comuta o de pr selec o s o desactivados 12 Configuracao de Entradas Pode configurar separadamente as entradas Mono e Est reo Por exemplo pode ser que queira usar um processador surround para filmes mas um pr amplificador est reo separado para m sica Nesse caso ligar a sa da Subwoofer ou LFE do processador a uma das entradas Mono do subwoofer e o pr amplificador est reo s entradas Stereo Ajustes Globais Para a entrada Mono pode escolher uma liga
275. me reset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact 5 Out u Level 0 Preset 2 Input User EQ System EM L P Filter 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Laval 5 Preset 3 Input System EQ 01 L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset L P Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 24 B amp W Flat Impact 5 User EQ EQ
276. mente o cabo RCA de interliga o de udio a uma das fichas RCA da entrada est reo Quando tudo estiver ligado pressione OK para continuar Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P P Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Boo location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Compensac o Ac stica de Salas Ser lhe agora pedido que efectue as primeiras 8 medidas Durante as mesmas assegure se que o microfone est fixo e que a sala est em sil ncio enquanto o varrimento aud vel est a decorrer Escolha 8 posi es que cubram totalmente a zona de audi o ao n vel aproximado dos ouvidos Se por qualquer raz o uma medida n o for aceit vel por exemplo se existir demasiado ru do de fundo ser Ihe pedida uma nova medida para substitui o Depois de posicionar o microfone pressione OK para iniciar o varrimento DB1 SubApp DI File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation o Room EQ enable Room EG Status Ho room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Durante as medidas a janela de medic o aparece e poder escutar o varrimento produzido por uma onda sinusoidal DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets
277. mige Bowers amp Wilkins modellen H Draai de kamercorrectie Room Compensation procedure Elke wijziging die u aanbrengt wordt automatisch naar de subwoofer gevoerd en wordt ook hoorbaar De setup procedure is onderverdeeld in drie delen en dienen in de deze volgorde te worden uitgevoerd 1 Kamercorrectie Room Compensation 2 Globale instellingen Global Settings 3 Voorkeurinstellingen Presets Elk deel is direct toegankelijk door de juiste tab te kiezen 081 SubApp JOE File d Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 O 6 de 6 de Dim Manual de 6 0 de O off Trigger 1 6 de O 6 dB O Auto D lsssl o Ga Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM O Inverted 0 CO Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User se Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 E Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation is een optie waarvoor een microfoon een geluidskaart en de kabels die bij de subwoofer zijn gevoegd nodig zijn Global Settings zijn bruikbaar op alle toepassingen Presets maken het mogelijk verschillende instellingen te specificeren voor verschillende toepassingen muziek films of spelletjes bijvoorbeeld of verschillende instellingen te maken voor verschille
278. minerar brus r det en f rdel om subbasen jordas till resten av anl ggningen n r m tningen av rummet utf rs Om RCA monoing ngen r den enda anslutningen som anv nds i normala fall s kan du jorda subbasen tillf lligt genom att koppla in signalkabeln till n gon av RCA stereoing ngarna Klicka p OK n r allting r inkopplat Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P Iteration 1 Place the microphone in the desired measurement Boo location The room must be silent and the microphone must not move until the audible sweep has completed Press OK when ready Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Rumskompensation Du blir nu ombedd att g ra den f rsta av 8 m tningar Se till att mikrofonen h lls stilla och att det r tyst i rummet n r testtonerna spelas V lj 8 mikrofonplatser som t cker lyssningsrummet och placera mikrofonen ungef r i ronh jd Om n gon m tning inte lyckas till exempel om det finns f r mycket bakgrundsljud blir du ombedd att g ra en ny Klicka p OK n r du har placerat mikrofonen s b rjar m tningen np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Measuring E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Under m tningen visas m tf nstret och du h r en testton File Communications Help Global Settings Presets
279. mpact 5 Out Level 0 User EQ 20 Hz Preset A Preset 3 Preset 4 Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Mono Flat Qut Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P Lp Filter Level Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins AN N r du drar i reglaget med musen s visas v rdet i rutan nedanf r men inst llningen verf rs inte till subbasen f rr n du gt sl pper musknappen 24 F rinst llningar Anv ndar EQ Vi har visserligen f rprogrammerat subbasen med alternativen som finns i System EQ inst llningen men du kan ocks anv nda din personliga smak och utg fr n antingen Flat Linj r eller Impact Effekt Anv ndar EQ n r en 5 bands grafisk equaliser som ger dig stor frihet att justera ljudet s att det blir precis som du vill ha det BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EL Low Pass Filter Preset name Flat Q In Impact em Mann Q Stereo 40 Hz 56 Hz 60 Hz e ore Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P
280. munications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mon System EQ Flat Flat O In L P Filter Out Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Ee L P Filter Level Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins The properties of each input are configured as described above under Global Settings 21 System EQ Here there is a choice between Flat and Impact Presets DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out E Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Se L P Filter Level Cancel E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Flat is self explanatory and is the theoretically correct response It will be the natural choice for reproducing music Mo
281. n Standby 6 6 O 6 de O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB 0 de O off Trigger 1 O 6 de O 6 dB O Auto O Lad 0 b Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity A 2 Enabled 12V Normal 2 Normal i 6 6 Dv O Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User EA Frequency Phase Slope J 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O sn 24 dB O 180 Speaker 270 L Bl Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins PS Connect Communications Connect COM Disconnect Connect AN SubApp
282. n dient wel een symmetrische uitgang te hebben AN Sluit geen asymmetrische uitgang van een bron aan op de symmetrische ingang van de subwoofer en omgekeerd Voor elk van de ingangen moeten drie punten worden overwogen Sensitivity gevoeligheid Polarity polariteit Gain versterking In alle gevallen zijn de eerste twee punten belangrijk de versterking is afhankelijk van het type bron dat is aangesloten Gevoeligheid Voor een optimale signaal ruis afstand stelt u eerste de analoge gevoeligheid van de ingangen die u gaat gebruiken in op het nominale uitgangsniveau van de aangesloten bron W 081 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setting Sensitivity Gain Gain Display On Standby 6 6 An 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB O off Trigger 1 6 de O Auto 0 LJ D Aal Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ES Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM O Inverted C3 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB Q 180 Speaker Q 270 Bowers amp Wilkins Raadpleeg de handleiding van de bron om het uitgangsniveau vast te stellen Met de gemarkeerde radio toetsen kiest u de juiste Sensitivity gevoeligheid uit de tabel Uitgangsniveau Bron Subwoofer Ingangsgevoeligheid 0 5V of minder 2 0V of meer Voor de meeste bronnen zal O dB de optimale instelling zijn en af fabriek zijn
283. nador a la entrada RS 232 del subwoofer con ayuda del cable suministrado de serie De modo alternativo si su ordenador incorpora una salida serie con conector en D puede conectarla directamente al puerto RS 232 del subwoofer con ayuda de un cable adecuado Conecte el subwoofer a la red electrica Ponga en marcha el programa SubApp en el PC Se abrir la p gina Ajustes Globales Global Settings DEI SubApp communications Global Connect Setup Mono Ta Sensitivity Gain O 6 de 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Frequency J au 25 Hz 120 Hz Speaker E Disconnecked ee Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity O 6 de 9 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal y L 3 Inverted Phase Oo O 90 O 180 Q 270 Setting Gain Display Dim Q off 0 Trigger 2 Enabled 6 D Slope 12 dB e 24 dB max On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v UN Bowers amp Wilkins Pulse el bot n Conectar Connect de la parte inferior izquierda de la pantalla o seleccione Communications y a continuaci n Connect en el men El programa buscar todos los puertos de comunicaciones COM hasta que encuentre el subwoofer Si el subwoofer est en la posici n de espera standby el programa lo pondr en marcha autom ticamente Cuando se realice una conexi n el cuadrado rojo cambi
284. nde gebruikers Alle wijzigingen in het SubApp programma verschijnen ook wanneer u toegang zoekt in het setup menu op het frontpaneel van de subwoofer Start up Stel de subwoofer in de ruimte op als gewenst Maak alle verbindingen naar de overige componenten maar verbind het niet met enig home automatiseringssysteem dat gebruik maakt van de RS 232 poort Verbind een USB poort van de computer met de RS 232 ingang van de subwoofer via de bijgevoegde kabel Ook kunt u indien uw computer een D type seri le uitgang heeft deze direct verbinden met de RS 232 poort van de subwoofer met een extra aan te schaffen kabel Verbind de subwoofer met het lichtnet Start het SubApp programma op de PC Dit opent de Global Settings globale instellingen pagina hB1 SubApr Quay communications Connect Setup Mono Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 amp A O 6 de 6 de Dim Manual ode 0 dB O off C Trigger 1 O 6 de O 6 de O Auto 0 ED O bel Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity e xi Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal 6 Dv Inverted 0 Inverted Low Pass Filter User e Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 E Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins BS Druk op Connect verbinden links onder in het scherm of navigeer Communicatie gt Connect communicatie gt verbinden
285. ne 2 Preset 2 configurata in precedenza Premere il pulsante Preset 2 Preselezione 2 sulla destra per richiamare le regolazioni salvate e trasferirle al subwoofer Cliccare con il mouse nel campo del nome e digitare i caratteri del nome dalla tastiera del vostro computer BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help LL de Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset 1 Input System EQ Mono Flat Q In L P Filter Stereo Impact Out Level Input Level User EQ System EQ Impact L PFilter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 60 Hz 6 Sell 5 5 REFA 5 Preset 3 notre Sal System EQ Flat LJ 0 0 O 0 0 L P Filter Out fl i LJ Level n 0 Preset 4 Input i System EQ e zn m L PFilter Out Level 2 2 3 0 2 2 Preset 5 Store Preset 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Poich il nome inserito non amp stato ancora salvato ricompare in basso il messaggio di allerta Salvare il nome della preselezione 2 premendo il pulsante Store Preset Memorizza Preselezione in basso Dal momento che sono state appena richiamate le regolazioni salvate in questa preselezione la piccola finestra che ora compare al centro evidenzia gi la
286. near ausgew hlt worden Au erdem haben wir die Einstellungen f r Level Pegel und User EQ Nutzer EQ ge ndert All diese Anderungen sind zum Subwoofer bertragen worden und somit h rbar w hrend die Presets unver ndert bleiben und die Warnmitteilung erscheint 18 Voreinstellungen Allgemeine Vorgehensweise DB1 subApp WOW File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo gt Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz ie 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level 2 Preset 5 Input System EL L P Filter Level Klicken Sie an dieser Stelle auf Disconnect Verbindung trennen werden die neuen Einstellungen gel scht Da zuletzt auf Preset 1 zugegriffen wurde durch die aktivierte Taste angezeigt werden dessen Werte unter Active Settings bernommen M chten Sie die neuen Einstellungen unter Preset 2 speichern klicken Sie auf die Taste Store Preset Voreinstellung speichern Cul E MW DB1 SubApp Deg File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input
287. ngs Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Sekup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display OnStandby O 6 dB EE O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB sE 0 dB O off 6 dB i O 6 dB Auto 30 min m Ajustes Globales Ativaci n Modo de Espera Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a i nable Normal Normal Inverted C Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Slope 3 O 12 dB 25 Ho e 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Usted puede ajustar el intervalo de tiempo para volver a la posici n de espera en el men desplegable situado a la derecha del par metro Auto Puesto que se produce un ligero retardo en el arranque establezca el intervalo de tiempo de regreso a la posici n de espera de tal modo que sea lo suficientemente largo para que el subwoofer se mantenga activado durante el visionado de una pel cula que pueda contener pasajes de larga duraci n con muy poca energ a de graves 11 Conmutaci n entre Preselecciones Hay 3 maneras de conmutar entre las diferentes preselecciones pre programadas Usted puede acceder a las cinco preselecciones disponibles utilizando los botones del panel frontal del subwoofer o un sistema de dom tica conectado al puerto RS 232 Ajustes Globales Tambi n puede conmutar entre dos preselecciones utilizando una se al de disparo de 12 V procedente de otro componente de audio cone
288. ngs page np SubApp Jo Communications Global Connect mpensation Setup Mono pubs Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby i 6 a 6 dB 6 de Dim 2 Manual 5 0 dB 0 dg Q off O Trigger 1 6 dB 6 dB O Auto 0 Ea d CC E Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 124 Normal 2 Normal T 6 chy O Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Ea Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O 90 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 Bl Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins PS Press the Connect button at the bottom left of the screen or navigate Communications gt Connect on the menu The program will search all the COM ports in turn until it finds the subwoofer If the subwoofer is in standby the program will turn it on automatically When connection is made the red square will turn green and the button legend will change to Disconnect A check mark will be placed to the left of the Connect menu item The program reads imports and displays the current settings of the subwoofer which override any settings already displayed in SubApp When used for the first time the default settings will be imported as shown above If a COM port is already in use for another application SubApp may flag a fault if it tries to access that port If you get such an error message you can force SubApp to connect the part
289. niforme en el interior del rea definida El proceso de c lculo del filtro es completamente autom tico y no requiere ning n tipo de interpretaci n por parte del usuario Pulse OK para continuar Ep subApp Ja File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation S Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded e Please wait Room EQ configu Starting measurement engine please wait D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Es posible que el sistema de medici n tarde alg n tiempo en arrancar dependiendo de la velocidad de su ordenador Cuando haya sido completado se le solicitara que conecte el resto de accesorios de medida Compensaci n Ac stica de Salas Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe P The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone 1 SC 01 USB Sound Card en 1x Microphone cable to 3 5mm jack 1x Line cable phono RCA to 3 5mm jack Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the 081 subwoofer MONO input RCA phano connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Conecte los dos cables restantes tal como se indica
290. novo nome na memoria 2 premindo em primeiro lugar Store Preset Guardar pr selec o Uma vez que esta pr selec o acabou de ser carregada ela ainda est seleccionada na lista do menu 26 Pr selec es Nome de pr selec o DRA S hln Boe File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat gt Mono Flat O In Movies L P Filter Gut Stereo Impact Out Level set Inputs Moro Level User EQ System EQ Impact su SR dn L PFilter Out Level E 1 F NT ey ee 2 3 0 2 2 e s vd LE S m Freset 1 insat Alle bet Preset 2 Seder Fi s Freset 3 ystem EQ Fla LJ Bs Os Se 02 IS L P Filter Out 2 1 Preset 5 Level 0 Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat s 10 10 10 L P Filter Gut de Level 2 2 3 A Active settings not saved to Preset Pressione OK 10 081 Subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name Q In Out Input Q Stereo System EQ Flat Impact Movies User EQ 0 Hz 28 Hz 5 De 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz t Store Preset Cancel Store Preset Preset 5 Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5
291. nsation Ackive Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name C In Out Input Mona O Stereo System EL Flat O Impact User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input Con il controllo di livello Level possibile ritoccare il bilanciamento tra l emissione del subwoofer e quella dei vostri diffusori principali per le diverse applicazioni Spostare il cursore con il mouse lungo la barra o cliccare direttamente sulla barra e muoverlo utilizzando i tasti freccia su o freccia gi della tastiera del vostro computer JOE System EQ Flat L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Out 0 Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut 24 Quando si utilizza il mouse per spostare i cursori dei livelli le modifiche vengono immediatamente evidenziate nei campi alla base della barre ma non vengono trasmesse al subwoofer fino a quando non si rilascia il tasto del mouse Equalizzatore grafico In aggiunta alla possibilita di introdurre una forma di equalizzazione pre programmata attraverso la funzione System EQ Equalizzazione di Sistema con la posizione Impact Impatto anche disponibile un equalizzatore grafico a 5 bande definibile dall utente
292. nt dit wijzigen zodat de display helemaal dooft door Off uit radio te kiezen Zodra u een toets indrukt op het frontpaneel van de subwoofer licht de display weer helder op en is altijd helder bij gebruik van de display en de toetsen tijdens setup Globale Instellingen In Standby Er zijn vier alternatieve manieren om de subwoofer te schakelen tussen ingeschakeld en standby WDB1 SubApp ole File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Digital Offset Sensitivity Digital Offset Display 6 de 6 de Dim Manual ode 5 Ode O off C Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 de cl S O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Normal O Inverted Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter user ci Frequency Slope Ls 12 dB 25 Hz 2 24 dB Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins De toets In Standby op het frontpaneel van de subwoofer werkt altijd Om een home automation systeem aangesloten op de RS 232 poort te gebruiken kiest u Manual hand Bij het synchroniseren van de subwoofer met een andere audiocomponent via een 12 V trigger kiest u Trigger 1 en u verbindt de 12 V trigger uitgang van de stuureenheid met TRIG 1 ingang van de subwoofer via een kabel met 3 5 minijack pluggen aan beide zijden Om de subwoofer in te schakelen zodra een audiosignaal wordt ontvangen op een ingang en terug te keren naar stand
293. nted box or reflex designs to give you a close enough approximation If the source feeding the usually mono input is a surround processor it will have all the filtering you need and you should not use the subwoofer s internal low pass filter When you configure the presets later in the setup process you will be able to bypass the internal low pass settings you may have set up at this stage for a stereo pre amplifier 17 Presets General Procedure Press the Presets tab to access this page WDB1 SubApp EEE File Commupisskien Help Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat C In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact Out Level 0 0 nono p Input Mono Level User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Level 6 El Input System EQ L P Filter 0 j Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ Store Preset L P Filter Level Cancel D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins On the left are the Active Settings These are the values currently in circuit that determine what you hear The large buttons on the right summarise the settings in each of the five presets Preset 1 button is shown depressed which indicates it was the last preset to be accessed either to load from or save to In the illustration above all the presets an
294. o System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P L P Filter Level Cancel B 24 System EQ Flat Impact User EQ 5 W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EL Flat Impact Mono O Stereo Low Pass Filter Preset name In 40 Hz 56 Hz 60 Hz Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5
295. om Compensation Ackive Settings Low Pass Filter O In Out Input Mona O Stereo System EL Flat O Impact User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz Preset name Store Preset Cancel 23 Stored Presets Preset Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Out D Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Pr r glages Niveau Avec le r glage Level Niveau vous pouvez ajuster l quilibre sonore entre le caisson de graves et les enceintes principales et cela diff remment pour toutes les applications Faites glisser le curseur avec la souris ou cliquez sur ce contr le et d placez le curseur avec les fl ches haut et bas np subApp Jo i Communications Help Presets Room Compensation Ackive Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat In L PFilter Gut Stereo Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Pavel n Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P Lp Filter Level Cancel
296. om Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In ns L PFilter Out Stereo Impact Out U__ Ter User EQ MM System EQ In D L PFilter Out 20Hz 28 2 40Hz 56Hz level 5 5 E System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Preset 4 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mona System EQ Flat apie Preset L P Filter Out Level Cancel u Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Preset 2 Mix 2 20 Input 1 oei SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings System EQ Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz Low Pass Filter Store Preset 21 Stored Presets Input System EQ F
297. om Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe General Guidelines and Operating Principle The setup routine finds common room modes that are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important mades providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions Room The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected you will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down eem Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins
298. ompensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mano System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact Out Level 0 ooo 0 0 Preset 2 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Level User EQ Select preset storage location 20Hz 28Hz 40 o EN omm o EN 6 5 j E 8 ex ll Enz Input n 7 Pres System EL Preset 4 L P Filter 0 E i Preset 5 Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level q Store Preset D aa i Cancel Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level 4 Active settings not saved to Preset E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Een venster verschijnt met een overzicht van de presets markeer Preset 2 voorkeurpositie 2 en u drukt op OK 19 Algemeen Voorkeurposities Wb Subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Preset 1 Input Mono System EU Flat 2 Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out U__ Ter Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset2 Input User EQ System EQ Impact L PFilter Gut 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 5b Hz 80 Hz Level 5 B5 j 3 3 E System EQ Flat BE E TT L P Filter Out Preset
299. oo 0 0 Input Mono Level User EQ SNE EQ Be I y P Filter u U uu 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Level 0 6 E 5 5 5 AUS zu 12 Preset 1 Em BEER Input i Pres System EQ Lt E Be Preset 4 L P Filter 0 E Preset 5 Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Store Freset eia nd Cancel Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level EN Active settings not saved to Preset E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Une fen tre s ouvre avec la liste des presets Choisissez Preset 2 et appuyez sur OK 19 Pr r glages n ra Proc dure G np SubApp File Communications Help Presets Global Settings Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EQ Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 5 5o 5 Au 10 GE o SIE D Bs 2 2 Preset name Store Preset Cancel 20 Stored Presets Preset 1 Input L P Filter Mona System EQ Flat Out Freset 4 Preset 5 L P Filter Lerel System EQ Impact Qut System EQ Flat L P Filter Level Input L P Filter Level Input L P Filter Level uk I eur o Mono System EQ Flat Cut Mono System EQ Flat Cut Bowers amp Wilkins Desormais tous les parametres ont t stock s
300. oofer sotto il numero della preselezione ogni qual volta verranno richiamate le regolazioni salvate in questa posizione 27 Stored Presets Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mona Flat Out Impact Qut 2 Mono Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins Salvataggio delle regolazioni sul computer Tutte le regolazioni del programma SubApp possono essere salvate sul vostro computer in un file con estensione XML Vi consigliamo caldamente di fare un salvataggio di back up di questo file possibilmente duplicandolo anche su un altro disco o memoria esterna Selezionate dal menu File nella barra in alto la voce Save Salva o Save As Salva con Nome per salvare il file con le regolazioni e sempre dal menu File la voce Open Apri per richiamare il file e ricaricarne il contenuto nel programma SubApp Help Open dom Compensation Gain Zi RIE 5 ode O 6 de al Polarity Normal DE O Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter Speaker Frequency Speaker None Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Gain 6 de 3 0 dB O 6 dB B Ea Polarity Normal SS CO Inverted 0 Phas Slof 0 12 dE 90 24 dE 180 vam pe Setting Display Dim C off Trigger 2 Enabled On Standby Manual Trigger 1
301. pen bestand gt openen om ze weer in SubApp te laden Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de E Dim Manual 0 de I E 0 dB Bs O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB 1 O 6 dB mE Auto 3 Trigger 2 Polarity E Polarity Normal 5 d Normal Inverted CO Inverted UN Preset 1 Low Pass Filter 5 peaker w Frequency Phase 20 Hz Speaker None D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Wanneer u een eerder opgeslagen XML bestand opent terwijl de subwoofer is aangesloten worden de instellingen direct in de IN subwoofer geladen wees er zeker van dat u dit wilt wanneer u een bestand opent Onthoud dat er geen functie ongedaan maken is in SubApp 28 Bowers amp Wilkins DB1 SubApp program Bruksanvisning Introduktion Detta program kan k ras under operativsystemen Windows 7 Windows Vista och Windows XP F lten till v nster om texten visar namnet p avsnittet eller underavsnittet upp till 3 niv er i olika f rger och anger om avsnittet forts tter p n sta sida L s instruktionsboken som ing r till subbasen innan du anv nder detta program Instruktionsboken beskriver subbasens funktioner och hur de st lls in med hj lp av den menybaserade displayen och knapparna p fronten Bortsett fr n Volume Trim funktionen har SubApp programmet samma inst llningar men i ett format som r enklare att l sa och anv nda
302. pp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name Q In Out Input Q Stereo System EQ Flat O Impact User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Mona Flat Out Mono Flat Mono Flat Qut Bowers amp Wilkins A op o Flat auto explicativa e constitui em teoria a resposta correcta Trata se da escolha natural para reprodu o de m sica Com os filmes diferente Produzindo um som mais espectacular pode real ar a experi ncia sonora Programamos dum tipo de igualiza o projectado para aumentar a emo o aos efeitos especiais dos filmes Esta tamb m pode ser a selec o adequada para jogos de v deo 22 Pr selec es Filtro Passa Baixo Se a fonte de sinal for um processador surround n o necessitar de um filtro por isso seleccione a op o Out desactivado para Low Pass Filter Filtro Passa Baixo Seleccione In Activado se a fonte de sinal for um pr amplificador e configure o filtro conforme descrito acima em Filtro Passa Baixo
303. que usted posea aunque no simult neamente La conexi n balanceada proporciona una mayor resistencia a las interferencias pero la fuente utilizada debe tener una salida balanceada AN No conecte una se al de salida no balanceada procedente de la fuente a la entrada balanceada del subwoofer y viceversa Para cada una de las entradas hay tres par metros a considerar Sensibilidad Sensitivity Polaridad Polarity Ganancia Gain Necesitar tener en cuenta los dos primeros en todos los casos mientras que Ganancia depender del tipo de fuente utilizada Sensibilidad Para maximizar la relaci n se al ruido ajuste en primer lugar la sensibilidad de todas las entradas anal gicas que vaya a utilizar para igualar el nivel de salida de la fuente 1 0 1 SubApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setup anut Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby 6 6 O 6 de Q 6 dB 9 Dim Manual 0 de 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB Auto 0 Lad 0 asl Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM Inverted C2 Inverted Low Pass Filter User EA Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Encontrar el nivel de salida de su fuente en las caracteristicas t cnicas que figuran en su
304. quenze creando fastidiosi rimbombi che possibile attenuare agendo sulla banda corrispondente Considerando poi che nella risposta in frequenza in ambiente oltre ai picchi delle risonanze si verificano anche profondi avvallamenti si potrebbe pensare di incrementare la banda che interessa questi ultimi per regolarizzare l emissione Questo tuttavia non si rivela un approccio corretto in quanto tali avvallamenti sono provocati da forti assorbimenti di energia da parte del locale e quindi anche incrementando sensibilmente la banda di frequenze corrispondente il risultato percepito non potrebbe che essere modesto Per questo motivo e per evitare di saturare oltre misura l ingresso stata volutamente limitata l escursione di ciascuna banda dell equalizzatore a 5 dB in esaltazione e 10 dB in attenuazione 25 Denominazione Preselezioni possibile assegnare un nome a ciascuna delle preselezioni per renderle pi facilmente identificabili Ogni denominazione pu essere lunga fino a 10 caratteri spazi inclusi e descrivere l applicazione il nome dell utilizzatore o entrambe le cose assieme Preselezioni Ad esempio se il sub viene utilizzato per due applicazioni come musica e film e i due utilizzatori Mario Bianchi e Giorgio Rossi prediligono regolazioni differenti si possono memorizzare quattro preselezioni denominate Musica MB Film MB Musica GR e Film GR A scopo dimostrativo poniamo ora di voler denominare Movies Film la preselezio
305. r User lav Frequency Slope Us O 12 dB 25 Ho e 24 dB Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Si vous activez le Trigger 2 pour commuter entre deux pr r glages tous les autres moyens pour changer de pr r glages seront d sactiv s 12 Param tres G Configuration des Entr es Vous pouvez configurer les deux entr es mono et st r o s par ment Par exemple vous souhaitez utiliser un processeur surround pour le cinema et un pr amplificateur st r o s par pour la musique Dans ce cas vous pouvez connecter la sortie caisson de graves ou LFE du processeur surround l une des entr es Mono du caisson de graves et le pr amplificateur st r o sur les entr es st r o Vous avez le choix d utiliser une connexion sym trique ou asym trique sur l entr e Mono Utilisez l une ou l autre en fonction de la source mais pas les deux La connexion sym trique procure une meilleure isolation aux parasites mais la source doit disposer d une telle sortie AN Ne branchez pas la sortie asym trique de la source l entr e sym trique du caisson de basses et inversement Pour chacune des entr es il y a trois param tres consid rer Sensibilit Sensitivity Polarit Polarity Gain Gain Vous devrez adjuster les deux premiers param tres dans tous les cas le parametre Gain d pendant du type de source Sensibilit Afin de maximiser le rapport signal sur bruit veillez
306. r Gut Level Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Bowers amp Wilkins 20 Mono Stereo Input Stereo DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mano System EQ Flat Flat O In L PFilter Out Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz ZBHz 40Hz 56Hz LEVEL P
307. r Out Stereo Impact Out U__ Ter reset 2 Input Mono User EQ E System EQ Impact L PFilter Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz level 5 5o j System EQ Flat 0 L P Filter Out Level Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat iore Ereset L P Filter Out Level Cancel Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Nu har alla v rden verf rts till Preset 2 F rinst llning 2 Dess knapp visas intryckt f r att markera att detta r den senast anv nda f rinst llningen Varningstexten har f rsvunnit 20 F rinst llningar Insignal Anv nd v xlingsknappen under Input Insignal f r att v lja Mono eller Stereo beroende p signalk llan En hemmabioprocessor brukar i normala fall vara ansluten till en av de tv Mono ing ngarna Om du f redrar att ha en annan signalk lla bara f r stereomusik s kan du anv nda Stereo ing ngen Eftersom de tv kanalerna s tts ihop till en enda inuti subbasen beh ver du inte bekymra dig om att koppla h ger och v nster kanal fel DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings System EL Flat Impact User EQ 20 Hz Low Pass Filter Preset name 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Ingangarnas egenskaper beskrivs under verg
308. reset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level 0 Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Ee L P Filter Level Cancel B Global Settings 21 System EQ Flat Impact BW DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Setting Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact User ED 20 Hz 26 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System El L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level LEE Mona Flat Out Mono Flat Qut Mono Flat 0 Flat
309. ri componenti dell impianto predisposti con uscite Trigger 12 V selezionare il pulsante Trigger 1 e collegare con un cavetto terminato ad entrambi i capi con mini jack da 3 5 mm la corrispondente uscita del componente audio all ingresso TRIG 1 sul subwoofer Per accendere automaticamente il subwoofer non appena viene rilevato un segnale audio al suo ingresso e spegnerlo dopo che il segnale venuto a mancare selezionare Auto 10 Regolazioni Generali Accensione Standby ME 1 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby EDU E 6 O 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual ode ct 0 dB O off LE O 6 dB en E Trigger 2 Polarity E Polarity a i i nable 2 Normal Si E 2 Normal Inverted C Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency Slope le O 12 dB E 24 dB 25 Hz Speaker D connected Bowers amp Wilkins E possibile selezionare tramite il men a tendina sulla destra i minuti dalla cessazione del segnale audio trascorsi i quali il subwoofer ritorna in standby Poich vi un certo ritardo tra la rilevazione del segnale in ingresso e l effettiva accensione del subwoofer si consiglia di selezionare un tempo sufficiente a mantenerlo acceso anche durante la vi
310. ripande inst llningar 21 Input System EQ Flat L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Out Mono Flat Qut Mono Flat Out Bowers amp Wilkins F rinst llningar System EQ System EQ System EQ har tv l gen Flat Linj r och Impact Effekt DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System ED Low Pass Filter Preset name re at 1 Input Mano System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact 2 out Level Preset z Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Se L P Filter Level Cancel L get Linj r r sj lvf rklarande och ger den rent teoretiskt mest korrekta responsen Det r ett naturligt val f r musik Filmer r annorlunda Att ha ett ljud som har lite mer av allt kan f rb ttra upplevelsen Vi har f rprogrammerat equalizern med v rden som r avsedda att g ra filmernas specialeffekter mer underh llande Denna inst llning kan ocks passa bra till datorspel 22 F rinst
311. rir um arquivo XML anteriormente guardado com o subwoofer ligado os par metros do arquivo ser o imediatamente IN carregados no subwoofer por isso assegure se que quer fazer isso antes de abrir o arquivo Tenha em aten o que n o existe uma fun o de anula o no programa SubApp 28 Bowers amp Wilkins Programma DB1 SubApp Istruzioni Operative Introduzione Questo programma funziona con i sistemi operativi Windows 7 Vista ed XP Le barre sul lato sinistro del testo denotano l estensione di ciascuna sezione o sottosezione fino a 3 livelli evidenziati con colori differenti mentre le frecce indicano il proseguimento alla pagina seguente L interfaccia video solamente in inglese pertanto la traduzione dei termini viene fornita in queste istruzioni Prima di utilizzare il programma si consiglia di leggere attentamente il manuale d istruzioni principale del subwoofer nel quale sono descritte le funzioni e le regolazioni che possibile effettuare tramite i tasti ed il display posti sul frontale Eccetto la regolazione del volume Volume Trim il programma SubApp duplica tutte le funzioni ed i controlli che possibile effettuare direttamente dall apparecchio ma in modo molto piu semplice per l utilizzatore In piu questo programma consente di Aggiungere un nome a ciascuna delle regolazioni memorizzate per una pi facile identificazione Selezionare per le applicazioni stereo da un elenco delle particolari preimposta
312. room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur Please wait Pleas Measuring Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins During the measurement the measuring window will appear and you will hear a sine wave sweep File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Room EQ enable Room EQ Status room EQ data loaded Room EQ configur a Disconnect e Connected Bowers amp Wilkins When 8 valid measurements have been taken the program will calculate the optimum correction filter Room Compensation Bowers amp Wilkins When the process is complete the Status shows that data have been loaded and applied to the subwoofer Global Settings Display Many users find a bright display distracting especially when watching movies in a darkened room For that reason the OLED display at the front of the subwoofer is set to dim approximately 30 seconds after you stop using the button array as shown by the default setting DB1 SubApp File Communications Global Settings Presets Room Compensation _ Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter __ User yl Frequency La 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dE 6 dB Polarity Normal C Inverted Slope 12 dB e 24 dB On Standby
313. s These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important modes providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected vou will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Bowers amp Wilkins plus la r ponse peut tre rendue uniforme mais il y a le risque que le rendu ne soit pas correct en dehors de la zone d finie Mesurer partout dans la zone d coute r elle garantit que les artefacts communs toutes les positions d coutes soient d termin s et que bien qu il y ait moins de corrections sur une zone plus vaste la r ponse sera toujours plus uniforme DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Box Global Settings Presets Room Compensation S Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded Room EQ configu Le processus de mesure peut prendre un certain temps s initier en fonction de la puissance de votre ordinateur Une fois termin EA Please w
314. s seleccione a sensibilidade de entrada Sensivity adequada a partir da tabela N vel de sa da da fonte Sensibilidade de entrada do subwoofer Com a maioria das fontes de sinal OdB ser a op o ideal e de in cio a sensibilidade de ambas as entradas e todos os ganhos s o configurados por autom tico para OdB para que o subwoofer apresente a sensibilidade THX normalizada de 109dB SPL a 1m com um n vel de entrada de 1V rms Se o LED no subwoofer pisca de cor vermelha nos picos mais altos isto indica sobrecarga da entrada Nesse caso use a sensibilidade inferior seguinte e suba o ganho do subwoofer em 6dB para equilibrar novamente o subwoofer com as colunas principais 13 Polaridade Verifique a polaridade dos amplificadores que alimentam as colunas principais nas respectivas caracteristicas muito raro na actualidade encontrar amplificadores que provoquem a invers o do sinal mas eles existem e se o seu um deles deve seleccionar a op o Inverted Invertida para o par metro Polarity Polaridade do subwoofer para que fiquem de acordo um com o outro Se n o for o caso deixe o par metro na posi o sua op o por autom tico Normal Ajustes Globais DB1 SubApp File Communications Configurac o de entradas Mono Input Setup Sensitivity O 6 dB Ode 6 dB Polarity Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter user Frequency Global Settinas Presets Room Compensation
315. s Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation S Room EQ enable Room EQ Status Ma room EQ data loaded e Please wait Room EQ configu Starting measurement engine please wait D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Het meetproces neemt even tijd om te starten afhankelijk van de snelheid van uw computer Zodra het is voltooid wordt u gevraagd de overige meetapparatuur aan te sluiten Kamer Correctie Room Compensation Setu Global Settings Presets Room Compe The microphone measurement kit consists of 1x Microphone lx Bay SC 01 USB Sound Card act 1 Microphone cable XLR to 3 5mm jack 1 Line cable phono REA to 3 5mm jack Setup Instructions 1 Connect the XLR plug of the microphone cable to the microphone 2 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the microphone cable to the SC 01 microphone input CN 3 Connect the 3 5mm jack plug of the line cable to the SC 01 line ouput Cy 4 Connect the other end of the line cable to the 061 subwoofer MONO input RCA phono connector Press OK when this is complete Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Sluit de twee overige kabels als volgt aan Gebruik de kabel met aan het ene einde een XLR plug en aan het andere een 3 5 mm mini jackplug om de microfoon op de microfooningang van de geluidskaart gemerkt aan te sluiten Gebruik de kabel met aan het ene einde een 3 5 mm mini jackplug en aan het andere een cinch plug om de lijnuitgang van
316. s entour s ci dessus 14 L Parametres G Configuration des Entr es Gain 1 0 1 SubApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de 6 de 8 Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dg O off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V Normal Mormal Inverted CO Inverted Uv Low Pass Filter User we Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Si la source alimentant l entr e en question est un processeur surround laissez simplement le Gain de cette entr e du caisson de basses g n ralement mono Input Gain au niveau par d faut soit O dB parce que le processeur surround dispose de ses propres contr les de niveau Reportez vous au manuel d utilisation du processeur sur la mani re de r gler tous les niveaux l aide de son g n rateur interne de bruit rose Si la source est un amplificateur st r o vous devrez ajuster le gain de l entr e g n ralement st r o l oreille coutez une grande vari t de programmes audio et choisissez le param tre qui vous semble tre le meilleur compromis Il est difficile de pr coniser un niveau optimal th orique Cela d pend de la sensibilit de vos ence
317. saturato l ingresso In questo caso regolare la sensibilit per il livello immediatamente inferiore ed alzare il guadagno di 6 dB per ribilanciare l emissione del subwoofer con quella dei diffusori principali 13 Regolazioni Generali Polarit DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Configurazione Ingressi Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Sensitivity O 6d O 0 dE E 0 de 6 dB AE O 6 dB Polarity Polarity Normal Normal Inverted CO Inverted Frequency Phase Slope J o O 12 dB 25 Hz 90 5 24 de O 180 Speaker None C 270 Se agli ingressi mono e stereo vengono collegate sorgenti differenti ma gli amplificatori ed i diffusori sono i medesimi regolare la polarit di ambedue gli ingressi in maniera identica 14 Setting Display Dim C off Trigger 2 Enabled Controllare nelle specifiche tecniche dell amplificatore che pilota i diffusori principali dell impianto se di tipo invertente E piuttosto raro trovare oggi finali invertenti ma pu comunque accadere Se cosi fosse necessario regolare anche la polarit Polarity del subwoofer selezionando il pulsante Inverted Invertente in modo da ripristinare la fase assoluta del sistema In mancanza di indicazioni specifiche lasciare la regolazione sulla posizione iniziale Normal Normale
318. schuwing doordat de kleur van de gemarkeerde regel rood wordt in plaats van blauw Als voorbeeld van deze procedure geeft het volgende schermbeeld dat het Impact System EQ impact systeem EQ is gekozen en dat de Level niveau en User EQ gebruikers EQ zijn gewijzigd Alle wijzigingen zijn naar de subwoofer gevoerd en zijn hoorbaar maar de preset is onveranderd De waarschuwing verschijnt nu 18 Algemeen Voorkeurposities Woet subapp gog File Communications Help Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo gt Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level 2 Preset 5 Input System EL L P Filter Level E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Wanneer u op dit punt op Disconnect verbinding verbreken wilt drukken vervallen de nieuwe instellingen Daar de laatst gebruikte preset Preset 1 voorkeurspositie 1 was aangegeven door de ingedrukte toets worden de waarden opgenomen in de Active Settings Aangenomen dat u de nieuwe instellingen wilt opslaan in Preset 2 drukt u op Store Preset preset opslaan Do 1 UTC UDA p File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room C
319. sene Quelle ein Surround Prozessor so werden alle erforderlichen Filtervorg nge vom Prozessor durchgef hrt und Sie m ssen das interne Tiefpassfilter des Subwoofers nicht nutzen Wenn Sie die Presets Voreinstellungen sp ter im Setup Prozess konfigurieren so k nnen Sie die internen Einstellungen f r das Tiefpassfilter umgehen die Sie zu diesem Zeitpunkt vielleicht f r einen Stereo Vorverst rker durchgef hrt haben 17 Voreinstellungen Allgemeine Vorgehensweise Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Presets Voreinstellungen um diese Seite aufzurufen np subApp JOE File Commup Help Global Settir ER pom compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mano System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level 0 c EH o EH o EH Input Mono Level User EQ System EQ Flat L PFilter Out 20Hz 28 2 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz 6 5 5 E 5 5 i Input System EQ 0 L P Filter 0 i Level Input System EL L P Filter Level Input System EQ Store P E L P Filter Level Cancel D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Links befinden sich die Active Settings Aktiven Einstellungen Dies sind die Werte die aktuell festlegen was Sie h ren Den gro en Tasten auf der rechten Seite k nnen Sie entnehmen welche Voreinstellungen durchgef hrt worden sind In
320. set name Presel 1 Input Mono Codes System EQ Flat Mana Flat O In Movies L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out Level Level User EQ System EQ Impact Select preset storage location L P Filter Out 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 Level 2 2 2 6 5 CE um E abas Br Input E System EQ LJ Br pe BE qe 0 L P Filter 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Pulse OK DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact Mories User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 5 5 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Store Preset Cancel Preset 4 Preset 5 Stored Presets Preset 1 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Input System EQ Impac L P Filter a Level Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Bowers amp Wilkins Ahora el mensaje de advertencia ha desaparecido a la vez que el nuevo nombre es mostrado en Preset 2 y tambi n en el visualizador de funciones del panel frontal del subwoofer justo debajo del nombre de la preselecci n si Preset 2 est activa 27 Guard
321. sione di un film caratterizzato da lunghi passaggi dove non sia chiamato ad operare 11 Regolazioni Generali Selezione delle preselzioni Vi sono 3 diversi modi per richiamare le diverse preselezioni contenenti le regolazioni memorizzate possibile accedere a tutte le cinque preselezioni utilizzando i tasti presenti sul pannello frontale del subwoofer oppure tramite una centralina domotica collegata alla porta RS 232 anche possibile commutare due preselezioni utilizzando un segnale Trigger 12 V proveniente da un altro componente audio collegato all ingresso TRIG 2 del subwoofer Per fare questo occorre aggiungere nell area Trigger 2 un segno di spunta nella casella a fianco di Enabled Attivato e selezionare quali tra le cinque preselezioni memorizzate commutare dai due men a tendina a fianco 12 V corrisponde alla presenza del segnale Trigger all ingresso TRIG 2 0 V all assenza np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity Gain O 6 de 0 de O 6 de Polarity Normal O Inverted T Low Pass Filter User ie Frequency Up au 25 Hz 120 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Gain 6 6 de 0 de O 6 dB D Polarity Normal 6 O Inverted 0 Phase Slope Oo 12 dB O 90 24 dB O 180 Q 270 max Setting Display On Standby Dim Manual Q off Trigger
322. sissez dans un premier temps la Phase 180 si vos enceintes principales sont de conception close et O s il s agit de modeles quip es d vent ou bass reflex Cette valeur de la phase est affect e par l endroit ou les enceintes sont plac es les unes par rapport aux autres et elle aura ventuellement besoin d ajustements ult rieurs lors du r glage final Regler le parametre Frequency Fr quence 6dB au dessous de la limite inf rieure basse de vos enceintes principales S il s agit de mod les Bowers amp Wilkins cette valeur de fr quence basse est mentionn e dans les sp cifications l item Frequency Range Gamme de fr quence Si cette valeur 6dB n est pas indiqu e pour vos enceintes utilisez la fr quence 3dB et multipliez la par 0 6 pour les modeles de type enceinte close et par 0 7 pour les enceintes bass reflex ce qui vous donnera une valeur approximative assez proche Si la source g n ralement mono est un processeur surround il int gre tous les types de filtrage dont vous avez besoin et par cons quent vous ne devez pas utiliser le filtre interne passe bas du caisson de basses Lorsque vous configurerez les parametres pr d finis presets un peu plus tard dans le processus d installation vous pourrez contourner les filtres passe bas que vous aurez mis en place ce niveau pour un pr amplificateur st r o 17 Prerelages Procedure General Cliquez sur l onglet Presets Pr r glages pour acc
323. sitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity 2 Normal O Inverted Low Pass Filter user y Frequency 25 Hz Speaker Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Display O 6 de SE E Dim 0 de O off O 6 dB 215 Trigger 2 Polarity Fe nable Normal O Inverted Phase Slope Oo O 12 de C 90 e 24 dB 180 O 270 On Standby Manual O Trigger 1 d Auto Bowers amp Wilkins 14 gt amp WS W 081 SubApp MX File Communications Help Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de 6 dB Dim Manual D dB 0 dB O See Trigger 1 6 de O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity a o nable Normal 2 Normal Inverted Inverted Low Pass Filter User RA Frequency Slope Us O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Gain 0dB
324. splay On Standby SA 6 G 5 e Ep O 6 de Dim Manual 0 de 0 de O off Trigger 1 C 6 dB O 6 dB l Es Auto nia me O ad i i Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity mE Enabled IN Preset2 Normal s ll 2 Normal am zl O Inverted 0 Inverted Dy Preset 1 Low Pass Filter Speaker bd Frequency Fhase Slope 0 12 dB 25 Hz x 120 Hz 90 24 dB 180 Speaker None E 270 Bowers amp Wilkins XML 77 FILES 5 TOTP AIDE XML SubApp 28
325. subapp MO File Communications Help Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact 2 out Level Preset z Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset L P Filter Level Cancel Flat est explicite et c est sur un plan th orique la r ponse correcte Ce sera le choix le plus naturel pour reproduire la musique Pour les films c est un peu diff rent Rendre le son plus fort que la r alit peut grandement am liorer les sensations d coute Nous avons donc programme un r glage d galisation con u pour donner encore plus de sensations aux effets sonores des films II peut galement constituer un tr s bon choix pour les jeux 22 Pr r glages Filtre Passe Bas Si la source est un processeur surround vous n avez pas besoin du filtre positionnez Low Pass Filter Filtre Passe Bas sur Out D sactiv S lectionnez In Activ si la source est un pr amplificateur st r o et configurez le filtrage comme d crit plus haut sous Low Pass Filter Param tres G n raux ni subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Ro
326. t niv Den beror p h gtalarnas k nslighet och vilket gain v rde f rst rkaren som driver dem har Du kan ocks vilja ha olika niv er f r olika material Ut ver de vergripande inst llningar som anges h r har varje f rinst llning ocks sin egen niv justering och du kan st lla in subbasens niv er vid varje lyssningstillf lle med hj lp av funktionen Volume Trim Volymjustering p subbasens front Allt du beh ver g ra h r r att ange en lagom ungef rlig niv 15 vergripande inst llningar L gpassfilter Om du driver Stereo ing ngen med ett stereof rsteg m ste du st lla in subbasens l gpassfilter s att det st mmer verens med dina huvudh gtalares avrullning i basregistret WDB1 subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 de 6 de Dim Manual ode 0 dB O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity eT Enabled 12 preset2 v Normal 5 Normal Inverted Inverted IN Preset 1 Frequency 300 Diamond 802 Diamond 1803 Diamond nean Disconnect 804 Diamond Bowers amp Wilkins 805 Diamond 8000 8010 huvudh gtalare kommer fr n Bowers amp Wilkins v ljer du f rst Speaker H gtalare fr n listan under Low Pass Filter L gpassfilter
327. t 5 Level Preset 4 Input System EQ 6 10 40 40 L P Filter EUR Level 2 2 3 Preset Input Mono System EQ Flat L PFilter Qu 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Level o Bowers amp Wilkins File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets JE Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono N System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out x U__ Ter User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 5 E 5 Ga System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Preset 4 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mona System EQ Flat apie Preset L P Filter Out Level Cancel Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Preset 2 20 Input Mono Stereo 1
328. t are coupled between the subwoofer location and the different measurement listening positions These modes are analysed and an optimal set of filters is designed to minimise the contribution of the most important mades providing a more uniform frequency response across all chosen listening positions Room The smaller the chosen listening area the more uniform the response will become within that area The routine requires 8 good measurements If a bad measurement is detected you will be prompted to take another one to replace it When selecting microphone measurement positions choose locations in the most probable listening areas such as sofas or chairs The height of the microphone should be at approximately the same height as the head of listeners which would normally be with them sitting down Cancel Disconnect E Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Hoe kleiner het luistergebied hoe homogener de curve kan worden maar er is altijd het gevaar dat het daardoor slechter wordt buiten dat gebied Metingen in de gehele luisterruimte zorgen ervoor dat alleen problemen die in alle metingen voorkomen worden behandeld en dat betekent dat hoewel er minder correcties zullen zijn over een groter gebied de weergave altijd egaler zal zijn dan binnen dat beperkte gebied De berekening van het filter werkt volledig automatisch en verlangt geen interpretatie van de gebruiker Druk op OK om verder te gaan Ep Subapp Ja File Communication
329. taque Preset 2 Preselecci n 2 y pulse el bot n OK Preselecciones Procedimiento General MW 061 subApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L P Filter Out Stereo Impact Out B U__ Ter User EQ System EQ Impact L P Filter Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz level 5 5 j System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut Level Preset 4 Input Mona System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input Mono System EQ Flat iore Ereset L P Filter Out Level Cancel Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Ahora todos los ajustes han sido transferidos a Preset 2 Su correspondiente bot n est pulsado para indicar que ahora es la ultima preselecci n a la que se ha accedido y que el mensaje de advertencia ha desaparecido 20 Preselecciones Entrada Utilice los botones circulares para seleccionar Input Entrada Mono o Stereo Est reo en funci n de las caracteristicas de la fuente utilizada Por regla general un procesador de sonido envolvente se conectar a las entradas Mono Si prefiere tener una fuente distinta dedicada a la m sica estereof nica utilice las entradas Stereo Puesto que en el interior del subwoofer los dos canales se combinan en uno solo usted no tendr que preocuparse por si conecta de man
330. terminated with a 3 5mm mini jack plug at both ends To have the subwoofer turn on when an audio signal is detected at an input and return to standby a set time after the signal has stopped select Auto 10 Global Settings On Standby Y SubApp File Communications Help Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Frequency 25 Hz Speaker You can set the delay time of the return to standby from the drop down menu to the right of the Auto item There is a slight turn on delay so set the standby delay time sufficiently long to keep the subwoofer on during a movie that may have long passages with little low frequency energy Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dE 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted 11 max Setting Display On Standby Dim C3 Manual Q off Trigger 2 Enabled Bowers amp Wilkins Global Settings Switching between Presets There are 3 ways of switching between the various pre programmed presets You can access all five presets using the buttons on the subwoofer s front panel or use a home automation system connected to the RS 232 port You can also toggle between two presets using a 12V trigger from another audio component connected to the subwoofer s TRIG 2 socket To do this check the
331. the same Use the radio buttons highlighted above 14 Global Settings Configuring Inputs Gain max DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 6 dB 0 dB 6 dB 6 de Dim Manual 0dB O off Trigger 1 6 dB Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Enabled nable Polarity Normal Normal Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User I Frequency Slope Ls O 12 dB 25 Hz 24 dB Speaker D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins If the source component feeding the relevant input is a surround processor simply leave the relevant usually mono input gain of the subwoofer at the default level of OdB because the processor will have its own level controls Refer to the owner s manual of the processor as to how to set up all the levels using its internal noise signal generator If the source component is a stereo amplifier you will need to set the usually stereo input gain by ear Listen to a wide variety of programme material and choose a setting that seems correct on average It is difficult to prescribe a theoretically correct level It depends on the sensitivity of your main speakers and the gain of the amplifiers driving them You may also wish to have different levels for different applications However in addition to the
332. tings 21 Voorkeurposities Systeem EQ Voor System EQ systeem EQ kunt u kiezen tussen Flat recht en Impact Y 081 SubApp File Communications Help Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name reset 1 Input Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo Impact 2 out Level Preset z Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Gut 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz 80Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P E Se L P Filter Level Cancel Flat recht spreekt voor zichzelf en is de theoretisch juiste positie Het is de normale positie voor het afspelen van muziek Voor films ligt dat anders Door het geluid groter dan levensecht te maken kan de belevenis aanzienlijk winnen Wij hebben een equalization voorgeprogrammeerd die extra spanning aan speciale effecten in de film toevoegt Het kan ook een goed effect hebben bij spelletjes 22 Voorkeurposities Laagdoorlaat Filter Wanneer de bron een surround processor is is geen filter nodig en dus kiest u Low Pass Filter laagdoorlaat filter Out uit Kies In wanneer de bron een stereo voorversterker is en configureer het filter als beschreven hiervoor onder Low Pass Filter Globale instellingen WDB1 SubApp File Communications Help
333. tings Low pass Filter If your speakers are not shown or are not a Bowers amp Wilkins model select User in the upper drop down list and adjust the three parameters manually WDB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation max Mono Input Setup Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity O 6 dB O 6 dB 0 dE 0 dB 6 dB O 6 dB 0 Polarity Polarity 2 Normal Normal CO Inverted Inverted i Frequency Phase 80 0 25 Hz 120 Hz O so O 180 Speaker Q 270 Stereo Input Setup Setting Gain Display Dim O off 0 b Trigger 2 Enabled 0 Slope 12 dB 9 24 dB On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12 Bowers amp Wilkins Set the Slope to 12dB if your main speakers are closed box designs and 24dB for vented box or reflex designs Initially set the Phase to 180 if your main speakers are closed box designs and 0 for vented box or reflex designs The phase values are affected by where the speakers are placed relative to one another and may need adjustment later during final tuning Set the Frequency to the 6dB low frequency figure of your main speakers If these are a Bowers amp Wilkins model this frequency is the lower one quoted in the specifications under Frequency Range If the 6dB figure is not quoted for your speakers take the 3dB frequency and multiply it by 0 6 for closed box designs and 0 7 for ve
334. tivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 5 Be 6 dB amp dB Dim Manual 0 dB dB Q off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto O lsl Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity x Enabled 12V 2 Normal 2 Normal DM Inverted 0 CO Inverted Phase Slope 80 ON 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz op 24 dB O 180 Speaker C 270 D connected Bowers amp Wilkins Setzen Sie Slope Steilheit auf 12 dB wenn Ihre Hauptlautsprecher geschlossene Systeme sind W hlen Sie 24 dB bei Systemen mit Bassreflex ffnung Setzen Sie den Wert f r Phase bei geschlossenen Systemen zun chst auf 180 und bei Systemen mit Bassreflex ffnung zun chst auf 0 Welche Einstellung f r Phase die richtige ist h ngt letztendlich davon ab wie die Lautsprecher relativ zueinander stehen so dass sp ter w hrend der Feinabstimmung eine Anderung der Einstellung erforderlich werden kann Setzen Sie den Wert f r Frequency Frequenz auf den 6 dB Wert Ihrer Hauptlautsprecher Handelt es sich um ein Modell von Bowers amp Wilkins so ist dies die niedrigere der Frequenzen die in den technischen Daten unter Frequency Range Frequenzumfang angegeben werden Ist der 6 dB Wert f r Ihre Lautsprecher nicht angegeben nehmen Sie den 3 dB Wert und multiplizieren ihn als N herungswert bei geschlossenen Systemen mit 0 6 und bei Systemen mit Bassreflex ffnung mit 0 7 Ist die normalerweise an den Mono Eingang angeschlos
335. tout d abord r gler la sensibilit des entr es analogiques que vous allez utiliser pour galer le niveau de sortie nominal de la source connect e 1 0 1 SubApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Setup anut Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display OnStandby 6 6 O 6 de Q 6 dB 9 Dim Manual 0 de 9 0 de O off Trigger 1 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto 0 6 0 uud Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V Normal Normal 6 DM Inverted C2 Inverted Low Pass Filter User EA Frequency Phase Slope Ls 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz LA 90 9 24 dB 180 Speaker Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Determinez le niveau de sortie de votre source partir des sp cifications inscrites dans le manuel utilisateur En utilisant les boutons entour s gauche s lectionnez la sensibilit Sensitivity d entr e en vous aidant du tableau suivant Niveau de sortie Sensibilit d entr e de la source du caisson de basse 2 0 V ou plus Pour la plupart des sources 0 dB sera le r glage optimal et la livraison la sensibilit d entr e et les gains sont d finis par d faut 0 dB permettant au caisson de basses de d livrer le niveau standard THX de 109 dB SPL 1m pour 1V RMS en entr e Si le voyant sur le caisson de basses clignote en rouge lors des pics de modulation cela indique qu
336. ttings Presets Room Compensation u Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby O 6 de SE 6 de i 5 Dim Manual GO 0 dB 0 dB C off Trigger 1 O 6 dB SH Es O 6 dB Si E O Auto Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ao x nable Normal Normal Inverted CO Inverted Low Pass Filter user y Frequency Phase Slope J o O 12 dB SE 90 24 de 180 Speaker None 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Verwenden Sie f r Mono und Stereo dieselben Hauptlautsprecher und Verst rker so muss die Polarit t f r beide Eing nge gleich eingestellt sein Nutzen Sie die oben eingekreisten runden Schaltfl chen 14 Globale Einstellungen Konfigurieren der Eing nge Verst rkung np SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 de 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Low Pass Filter Frequency Ls au 25 Hz 120 Hz Speaker Ist die an den jeweiligen Eingang angeschlossene Quellkomponente ein Surround Prozessor lassen Sie die Subwoofer Einstellung f r Gain Verst rkung auf dem voreingestellten Wert von O dB da der Prozessor seine eigene Lautst rkeregelung besitzt Einzelheiten zur Einstellung des Prozessors entnehmen Sie bitte der
337. ttings not saved to Preset B Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Le nom n a pas encore t enregistr de sorte que l avertissement not saved non enregistr est apparu Stocker le nouveau nom de Preset 2 en appuyant Store Preset Enregistrer Preset Comme Preset 2 vient juste d tre charg il est encore en surbrillance dans la fen tre 26 Pr r glages Nom des Pr r glages File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat O In Movies i Stereo Impact Out Level User EQ OG Select preset storage location 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 6 5 pla s t ES Ss se eR FE ais Preset 4 mim 10 10 10 2 2 3 Preset 5 Store Preset 4 Active settings not saved to Preset Appuyez sur OK W DB1 subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Preset 1 Low Pass Filter Preset name O In Out Input Mono Stereo System EL Flat Impact Mories User EQ 20 Hz 26 Hz 80 Hz 5 5 40 Hz 56 Hz L i CA l Preset 3 d Preset A Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel D sormais l avertissement a disparu le nom est affich en Preset 2 et sera galement affich sur l cran du panneau avant du Stored Presets Input Stored Presets
338. uadro System EQ Equalizzazione del Sistema e che il livello Level e le regolazioni dell equalizzatore grafico User EQ sono state modificate Tutte le nuove regolazioni sono gi trasferite al subwoofer ed il suono che si ascolta quello modificato ma le preselezioni rimangono invariate II messaggio di allerta ricorda che i nuovi parametri non sono salvati 18 Preselezioni Procedure Generali oei SubApp JOE File Communications Help Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Inpuf Mono System EQ Flat Mono Flat O In L PFilter Out Stereo gt Impact Out Level 0 Preset 2 Input Mono User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 20 Hz 40 Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Level Preset 4 Input System EQ L P Filter Level 2 Preset 5 Input System EL Store P E SESS L P Filter Level Cancel Se a questo punto si premesse il pulsante Disconnect Disconnessione tutte le regolazioni effettuate andrebbero perdute e verrebbero ricaricate quelle relative all ultimo accesso alle preselezioni ovvero Preset 1 Preselezione 1 il cui pulsante sulla sinistra appare premuto Nel caso invece si desiderasse memorizzare le nuove regolazioni nella posizione Preset 2 Preselezione 2 premere il pulsante Store Preset Memorizza Preselezione nod Cull LFLE I UDAI D File Commun
339. ubApp Lors de la premiere utilisation les parametres par d faut sont import s et affich s comme indiqu ci dessus Si un port COM est d j utilis par une autre application SubApp peut afficher un message d erreur en tentant d acc der au port en question Si vous recevez un tel message vous pouvez forcer SubApp se connecter en utilisant un port sp cifique par le menu d roulant Communications Setup Communications et Installation Mise en route Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Display On Standby 5 6 de amp 3 6 dB Manual 0 de s 0 de Trigger 1 6 dB aa FIT Auto 30 min Polarity Normal O Inverted L Preset 1 DN Preset 3 Low Pass Filter User m Frequency Phase Slope 0 O 12 dB 90 24 dB O 180 Speaker None 270 25 Hz i Connect A Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Decochez la case Automatically Select COM port Selection automatique du port COM puis s lectionnez le port COM appropri dans le menu d roulant Compensation de Piece Nous vous conseillons de lancer en premier cette procedure car elle est susceptible d influer sur vos choix de r glages manuels Toutefois si vous avez deja modifi certains parametres au niveau des R glages Parametrages G n raux ce n est pas important dans la mesure ou cette proc dure contourne ces param tres pendant la mesure
340. uchos usuarios consideran que una pantalla de visualizaci n activada puede distraerles en especial cuando est n visionando pel culas en una habitaci n oscurecida Por esta raz n el visualizador de funciones situado en el panel frontal del subwoofer est ajustado para que se apague tal y como se indica en el ajuste por defecto Dim Atenuar al cabo de aproximadamente 30 segundos despu s de utilizar los pulsadores de ajuste np subApp JE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby ES 6 zn 6 dB O 6 dB Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dE C off O Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB O Auto DG DG Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity E Enabled 12V 2 Normal A 2 Normal S O Inverted 0 CO Inverted 0 IN Low Pass Filter user Frequency Phase Slope Us 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz O 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker None Q 270 D Connected Bowers amp Wilkins Usted puede cambiar esto para que el visualizador de funciones se apague por completo al seleccionar el bot n Off Apagado Tan pronto como usted pulse uno cualquiera de los botones del panel frontal del subwoofer el visualizador de funciones se activar por completo y permanecer en ese estado mientras se utilicen tanto el visualizador como los botones de ajuste en el modo de configuraci n Ativacion Modo de Espera
341. uma mensagem de erro deste tipo pode for ar o SubApp a ligar a essa porta com liga o ao subwoofer seleccionando em primeiro lugar Communications e em seguida Setup no menu Coloca o em funcionamento Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity O 6 de MS O 6 dB 5 D dB 0 dB 6 dB 1 Polarity 2 Normal CO Inverted Low Pass Filter User v Phase n 25 Hz 90 Frequency 180 270 Speaker None Connect A Disconnecked Retire a selecc o de Automatically Select COM port Selecc o autom tica de porta COM e em seguida seleccione a porta COM a partir da lista do menu Sensitivity Setting Display Slope 12 dE o 24 dB On Standby Manual Q Trigger 1 Auto 30 min 12V Preset 1 DN Preset 2 Bowers amp Wilkins Compensacao Acustica de Salas Recomendamos que efectue este procedimento em primeiro lugar uma vez que prov vel que afecte as suas op es de configura o manual No entanto se j efectuou altera es nos ajustes Globais ou de Pr selec o isto n o interessa uma vez que o procedimento contorna estes ajustes durante as medi es De qualquer forma ter de voltar a efectuar alguns sen o a totalidade dos ajustes manuais ap s terminado o processo de Compensa o Ac stica de Salas Fa a clic na etiqueta Room Compensation Compensa o de Salas e assegure se que a caixa Room EQ Igualiza o de salas apresent
342. v rde i basregistret Om h gtalarna kommer fr n Bowers amp Wilkins r detta v rde det l gsta som anges i specifikationerna under Frequency Range Frekvensomf ng Om 6 dB v rdet inte anges f r dina h gtalare tar du 3 dB v rdet och multiplicerar det med 0 6 f r slutna konstruktioner eller 0 7 f r basreflexkonstruktioner s f r du en bra uppskattning Om signalk llan som verf r signaler till ing ngen oftast mono r en hemmabioprocessor utf r den all n dv ndig filtrering och du beh ver inte anv nda subbasens inbyggda l gpassfilter N r du konfigurerar f rinst llningarna l ngre fram i installationen kommer du ocks att kunna sidos tta de inst llningar du anger h r f r det inbyggda filtret 17 F rinst llningar Anv ndning Klicka p fliken Presets F rinst llningar f r att visa denna sida DB1 SubApp File Comm Help Global 5etti I LER pom Compensation Active Settings Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Mono Flat C In Stereo Impact Out Preset 2 Level User EQ 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz 6 5 5 a 5 5 Preset 3 oc DG o 0 I I 2 0 23 Preset 4 6 10 10 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 Preset 5 Store Preset Cancel Stored Presets Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EQ L P Filter Level Input System EL L P Fi
343. vello teoricamente corretto Molto dipende dall efficienza dei vostri diffusori e dal guadagno dell amplificatore che li pilota Inoltre potreste preferire diverse regolazioni in funzione del genere di musica ascoltata oppure per la riproduzione delle colonne sonore dei film o ancora per l audio dei videogiochi In aggiunta al livello principale qui evidenziato ogni singola preselezione possiede una sua propria regolazione che possibile memorizzare e richiamare con facilita In piu possibile regolare il livello di emissione direttamente dal pannello frontale del sub con la funzione Volume Trim Regolazione Volume addirittura brano per brano Ci che si richiede in questa fase semplicemente una regolazione di massima 15 Regolazioni Generali Filtro Passa basso Se utilizzate un preamplificatore collegato agli ingressi stereo necessario impostare il filtro passa basso per accordarlo alle caratteristiche dei vostri diffusori WDB1 subApp JOE File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby at O 6 dE O 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB Ode O off Trigger 1 O 6 dB O 6 dB Auto 0 Ba kee Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity ET SS Enabled 12V Preset2 Normal 2 2 Normal 6 E E S Inverted 0 Inverted 0 Uv Preset 1 Speaker
344. vies are different Making the sound larger than life can enhance the listening experience We have pre programmed an equalisation designed to add excitement to the special effects in movies It may also be the preferred selection for games applications 22 Low Pass Filter If the source component is a surround processor you do not need a filter so select Out Presets Select In if the source is a stereo pre amplifier and configure the filter as described above under Low Pass Filter Global Settings W 0 1 Subapp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EL Low Pass Filter Mono Flat Q In Stereo Impact Out Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ Flat L P Filter Out 20 Hz 28 Hz 40 Hz 56 Hz 80 Hz Level 0 Preset 3 Input System EL L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store P Lp Filter Level Cancel EN Connected Bowers amp Wilkins 23 Level With this level control you can fine tune the balance between the subwoofer and your main speakers differently for different applications Drag the slider bar with the mouse or click on the control and move the slider using the arrow keys Presets ni SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input Syst
345. y Polarity Enabled Normal 2 Normal O Inverted 0 CO Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User iv Frequency Phase Slope J 80 Oo O 12 dB 25 Hz 120 Hz 30 24 dB O 180 Speaker Q 270 E Disconnecked li E 88 max On Standby Manual Trigger 1 Auto 12v II UN Bowers amp Wilkins Connect Communications Connect COM Disconnect Connect A SubApp COM SubApp rz Lu Communications Setup SubApp Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity
346. y l ge efter en viss tid efter signalen har upph rt v ljer du Auto Auto 10 DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation vergripande inst llningar P standby Mono Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB D dB 6 dB Polarity 2 Normal Inverted Stereo Input Setup Sensitivity 6 dB 0 dE 6 dB Polarity Normal Inverted Setting Display On Standby Dim Manual C off Trigger 2 Enabled Low Pass Filter User v Frequency 25 Hz Speaker Bowers amp Wilkins Anv nd listan till h ger om Auto inst llningen och ange tiden i minuter hur l ng tid det ska ta innan standby l get aktiveras Det blir en kort f rsening n r subbasen sl s p s ange en tid som r tillr ckligt l ng f r att subbasen ska forts tta vara p slagen under l nga filmpassager n r det inte finns n gra djupbasljud 11 vergripande inst llningar V xla f rinst llningar Det finns 3 s tt att v xla mellan olika programmerade f rinst llningar Du kan n alla fem f rinst llningarna med hj lp av knapparna p subbasens front eller anv nda ett styrsystem som r anslutet till RS 232 porten Du kan ocks v lja mellan tv f rinst llningar med hj lp av en 12 volts styrsignal fr n en annan ljudkomponent som r ansluten till subbasens TRIG 2 ing ng Om du vill
347. zioni del filtro passa basso specifiche per numerosi modelli di diffusori Bowers amp Wilkins e Eseguire la correzione ambientale automatica Room Compensation Tutte le modifiche alle regolazioni vengono immediatamente inviate al subwoofer e risultano subito udibili La procedura di messa a punto del subwoofer suddivisa in tre parti e deve essere effettuata nel seguente ordine 1 Correzione ambientale Room Compensation 2 Regolazioni generali Global Settings 3 Preselezione regolazioni Presets possibile accedere direttamente ad ognuna delle tre parti selezionando la relativa scheda tab 081 SubApp JI File Mono Input Setup Stereo Input Setup Setting Sensitivity Gain Sensitivity Gain Display On Standby 6 En O 6 de 6 de Dim Manual 0 dB 0 dB Q off O Trigger 1 6 de O 6 dB O Auto 0 53 Trigger 2 Polarity Polarity Enabled 12V Normal Mormal 6 DM Inverted 0 CO Inverted 0 Low Pass Filter User Im Frequency Phase Slope J 80 0 12 de 25 Hz 120 Hz GE 24 de O 180 Speaker Q 270 E Disconnected Bowers amp Wilkins Room Compensation opzionale richiede l impiego del microfono della scheda audio e dei cavi forniti col subwoofer Global Settings regolazioni da effettuare per tutti gli impieghi del subwoofer Presets consente di preselezionare delle specifiche regolazioni per differenti tipi di riproduzione come ad
348. zzazione della gamma bassa ed il motivo per il quale stata predisposta una curva di equalizzazione particolare denominata Impact per mettere in risalto gli effetti delle colonne sonore Questa posizione pu essere preferita anche quando si utilizzi l impianto per riprodurre l audio dei videogiochi 22 Filtro Passa basso Se viene utilizzato come sorgente un processore surround normalmente gi dotato di filtro passa basso necessario escludere quello interno al subwoofer selezionando la posizione Out Escluso alla voce Low Pass Filter Filtro Passa Basso Preselezioni Al contrario selezionare In Inserito se si impiega un preamplificatore stereo e quindi regolare le caratteristiche del filtro come descritto alla relativa sezione nella scheda Global Settings Regolazioni Generali W DB1 SubApp File Communications Help Global Settings Presets Room Compensation Active Settings Stored Presets Input System EQ Low Pass Filter Preset name Preset 1 Input System EQ Mono Flat In L P Filter Stereo Impact Out Level Preset 2 Input User EQ System EQ L P Filter 20Hz 28Hz 40Hz 56Hz Level Preset 3 Input System EQ L P Filter Lerel Preset 4 Input Mono System EQ Flat L P Filter Out Level Preset 5 Input System EQ Store Preset Sai Level Cancel 23 Livello Preselezioni DB1 SubApp Communications Help Presets Room Compe

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Delta 467-DST Installation Guide  Stair Climbing System - Powered Stairclimbers, Powered  2014 TAURUS Owner`s Manual 2014 T A U RUS Owner`s Manual  Lenovo ThinkStation 4105-R9U  MANUEL D`UTILISATION  Présentation et mise en œuvre du système de mesure CLIO "Pocket"  pdf  Manual de Usuario - Iniciar sesión postulación de martillero  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file